{"title":"Pakmax","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"pakmax-98mm-16oz-pet-cold-cup-cc-98-16c","title":"Pakmax 98mm 16oz Pet Cold Cup CC-98-16C","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CC-98-16C is a \u003cstrong\u003e16 oz (473 mL) clear PET cold cup\u003c\/strong\u003e supplied in \u003cstrong\u003ecartons of 1,000\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003e98 mm rim taking a 98MM lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 61 mm base and a height of 122 mm. \u003cstrong\u003eCheck that rim measurement against your lids\u003c\/strong\u003e — PakMax also sells a 16 oz cold cup with a 90 mm rim, so the two hold the same drink and take different lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CC-98-16C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e98 mm rim - and there is a 90 mm 16 oz cup too\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most likely ordering mistake in this range. The paper SLCPC-90-16G is also 16 oz but has a 90 mm rim and takes a 90MM lid. Order lids against the rim diameter, never against the ounces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe same 98MM lid fits the 20 oz PET cup\u003c\/strong\u003e — CC-98-16C and CC-98-20C share a rim, so two cup sizes need only one lid line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,000 cups per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — recorded explicitly, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePET rather than PP or paper\u003c\/strong\u003e — stays clear and stays rigid, which is what you want when the drink itself is the display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds up to ice and carbonation\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists cracking and splitting where a lighter cup gives way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a cold-drink range. PET is not suitable for hot beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e — PET is widely accepted in kerbside recycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e122 mm tall, 61 mm base\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the height against your dispensers and the base against carriers and cup holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCC-98-16C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear PET cold cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 oz (473 mL) brim fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim diameter (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e122 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98MM LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 x 402 x 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.1 (unit not stated in our data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cup suits cafes, juice bars and takeaway venues serving standard cold drinks — iced coffee, juice, soft drink and smaller smoothies. Before ordering, confirm whether your existing lids are 98 mm or 90 mm: PakMax sells a 16 oz cup in both rim sizes and they are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dimensions recorded against this product are the CARTON, not the item.\u003c\/strong\u003e We can state that with certainty here because the source lists the carton size explicitly and it matches the dimensions field exactly. The carton is 505 x 402 x 410 mm and holds 1,000 cups; the cup is 98 mm at the rim, 61 mm at the base and 122 mm tall. Store out of direct sun and away from heat — PET distorts well below the temperature paper tolerates, so a carton left in a hot van or a sunlit store room can arrive misshapen.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur data records an FSC certification against this cup. \u003cstrong\u003eWe have not published it.\u003c\/strong\u003e FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic cup — there is no forest fibre in it for the certification to apply to. Repeating that claim would put a misleading environmental statement on your cups, so we have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 98MM LID. This is the detail worth double-checking: PakMax also sells a 16 oz cold cup - the paper SLCPC-90-16G - with a 90 mm rim that takes a 90MM lid. Same capacity, different lid. Order lids against the rim diameter rather than the ounce size, or you will end up with lids that will not seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the same lid fit the 20 oz cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. CC-98-16C and CC-98-20C share the 98 mm rim, so one lid line covers both. The difference between them is volume and height only: 16 oz at 122 mm here, 20 oz at 138 mm there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. PET softens well below hot beverage temperature and will distort. Use a paper hot cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - PET is widely accepted in kerbside recycling, and that is the claim we would stand behind. We have deliberately not repeated the FSC certification recorded against this cup in our data: FSC certifies forest fibre and a PET cup contains none, so it cannot apply. The record is flagged for correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1,000. Recorded explicitly in our product data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the CC-98-16C come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 98MM LID. This is the detail worth double-checking: PakMax also sells a 16 oz cold cup - the paper SLCPC-90-16G - with a 90 mm rim that takes a 90MM lid. Same capacity, different lid. Order lids against the rim diameter rather than the ounce size, or you will end up with lids that will not seat.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the same lid fit the 20 oz cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. CC-98-16C and CC-98-20C share the 98 mm rim, so one lid line covers both. The difference between them is volume and height only: 16 oz at 122 mm here, 20 oz at 138 mm there.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it for hot drinks?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. PET softens well below hot beverage temperature and will distort. Use a paper hot cup.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes - PET is widely accepted in kerbside recycling, and that is the claim we would stand behind. We have deliberately not repeated the FSC certification recorded against this cup in our data: FSC certifies forest fibre and a PET cup contains none, so it cannot apply. The record is flagged for correction.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1,000. Recorded explicitly in our product data.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the CC-98-16C come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001112949037,"sku":"CC-98-16C","price":104.92,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-98mm-16oz-pet-cold-cup-cc-98-16c-7897275.png?v=1776774974"},{"product_id":"pakmax-16oz-single-layer-cold-paper-cup-slcpc-90-16g","title":"Pakmax 16oz Single Layer Cold Paper Cup SLCPC-90-16G","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SLCPC-90-16G is a \u003cstrong\u003e16 oz (473 mL) single-layer cold paper cup\u003c\/strong\u003e supplied in \u003cstrong\u003ecartons of 1,000\u003c\/strong\u003e, made from \u003cstrong\u003e320 gsm FSC certified paper with a 20 gsm polyethylene lining\u003c\/strong\u003e. It has a \u003cstrong\u003e90 mm rim taking a 90MM lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 60 mm base, stands 135 mm tall, and comes in an ombre green finish. \u003cstrong\u003eNote the rim size carefully\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 16 oz PET cup in the same range has a 98 mm rim and takes a different lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SLCPC-90-16G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 mm rim - takes a 90MM lid, not a 98MM one\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is the detail that causes real problems. PakMax lists two different 16 oz cups: this one at 90 mm and the PET CC-98-16C at 98 mm. Same volume, incompatible lids. Order the lid to match the cup, not the ounces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e320 gsm paper with a 20 gsm PE lining\u003c\/strong\u003e — the two numbers that define the cup. 320 gsm is heavy paper stock, which is where the rigidity comes from; the 20 gsm polyethylene lining is what stops condensation from an iced drink softening it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,000 cups per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — recorded explicitly, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified paper\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified as sourced from responsibly managed forests - a meaningful claim on a paper product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for cold, not adapted from a hot cup\u003c\/strong\u003e — single layer with no insulating wall. It is engineered to resist condensation rather than to hold heat, which is the right build for iced drinks and the wrong one for coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — that is the material's tolerance range. It does not make this a hot cup - a single-layer cup with a hot drink in it is uncomfortable to hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOmbre green finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a printed decorative finish rather than plain white, which suits venues that would otherwise pay for custom printing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e135 mm tall, 60 mm base\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the height against your cup dispensers and the base against your drink carriers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSLCPC-90-16G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle layer cold paper cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 oz (473 mL) brim fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim diameter (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90MM LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 gsm paper with 20 gsm PE lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOmbre green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 430 x 620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.0 (unit not stated in our data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cup suits cafes, juice bars, takeaway venues and event caterers serving iced coffee, smoothies, milkshakes and soft drinks. Match the \u003cstrong\u003e90 mm rim\u003c\/strong\u003e to your lid stock before ordering — that is the single most common mistake on cold cups, and PakMax sells a 16 oz cup in each rim size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dimensions recorded against this product are the CARTON, not the item.\u003c\/strong\u003e We can state that with certainty here because the source lists the carton size explicitly and it matches the dimensions field exactly. The carton is 450 x 430 x 620 mm and holds 1,000 cups; the cup itself is 90 mm at the rim, 60 mm at the base and 135 mm tall. Store dry — paper cups take up moisture from a damp store room and lose rigidity before they are ever used. If you are changing over from another cup, check the 90 mm rim against your existing lids and the 135 mm height against your dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 90MM LID. Do not order 98 mm lids for it. PakMax lists two 16 oz cold cups - this paper cup at 90 mm and the PET CC-98-16C at 98 mm - so ordering by capacity alone will get you a lid that does not fit. Order the lid against the rim diameter every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is it different from the 22 oz version?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVolume and height. The SLCPC-90-22G holds 22 oz; this one holds 16 oz (473 mL) and stands 135 mm tall. Both use the same 90 mm rim and the same 90MM lid, so one lid covers both sizes in this paper range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not designed for them. The recorded temperature range of -20 to +90 degrees C is the material's tolerance, not a recommendation - this is a single-layer cup with no insulating wall, so a hot drink in it will be uncomfortable to hold. Use a double-wall or ripple cup for hot beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do the gsm figures mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e320 gsm is the weight of the paper stock, and it is what gives the cup its rigidity - a lighter cup flexes when you pick it up full. The 20 gsm polyethylene lining is the moisture barrier that stops condensation from an iced drink soaking into the paper. Together they are the specification that separates a cup that survives a service from one that does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1,000. Recorded explicitly in our product data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the SLCPC-90-16G come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 90MM LID. Do not order 98 mm lids for it. PakMax lists two 16 oz cold cups - this paper cup at 90 mm and the PET CC-98-16C at 98 mm - so ordering by capacity alone will get you a lid that does not fit. Order the lid against the rim diameter every time.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it different from the 22 oz version?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Volume and height. The SLCPC-90-22G holds 22 oz; this one holds 16 oz (473 mL) and stands 135 mm tall. Both use the same 90 mm rim and the same 90MM lid, so one lid covers both sizes in this paper range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it for hot drinks?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is not designed for them. The recorded temperature range of -20 to +90 degrees C is the material's tolerance, not a recommendation - this is a single-layer cup with no insulating wall, so a hot drink in it will be uncomfortable to hold. Use a double-wall or ripple cup for hot beverages.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What do the gsm figures mean?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"320 gsm is the weight of the paper stock, and it is what gives the cup its rigidity - a lighter cup flexes when you pick it up full. The 20 gsm polyethylene lining is the moisture barrier that stops condensation from an iced drink soaking into the paper. Together they are the specification that separates a cup that survives a service from one that does not.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1,000. Recorded explicitly in our product data.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the SLCPC-90-16G come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001113014573,"sku":"SLCPC-90-16G","price":105.47,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-16oz-single-layer-cold-paper-cup-slcpc-90-16g-3176196.png?v=1777815007"},{"product_id":"pakmax-jumbo-twist-handle-kraft-paper-bags-rprr-120-j","title":"Pakmax Jumbo Twist Handle Kraft Paper Bags RPRR-120-J","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax RPRR-120-J is a \u003cstrong\u003ejumbo twist-handle kraft paper bag supplied in cartons of 300\u003c\/strong\u003e, rated to a \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg weight capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is made from \u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified kraft paper\u003c\/strong\u003e, is recyclable, and has \u003cstrong\u003ereinforced twisted paper handles\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003ewide gusset base\u003c\/strong\u003e. It arrives flat-packed and opens out for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the RPRR-120-J\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 bags per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — the figure your cost per order is built on. Recorded explicitly in our data for this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 kg weight capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — the number that decides whether it holds a full catering order. A paper bag failing in a car park is a lost customer, not just a lost bag - so size the bag to the heaviest order you actually send, not the average one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified kraft paper\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified as sourced from responsibly managed forests. On a paper product this is a meaningful claim rather than a decorative one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e — kraft paper with paper handles goes into the paper stream. There is no plastic laminate or plastic handle to separate out, which is what makes that straightforward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced twisted paper handles\u003c\/strong\u003e — the handle is the failure point on any carry bag. Twisted paper handles are the stronger of the two common paper options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide gusset base\u003c\/strong\u003e — the base opens out so containers sit flat rather than tipping - which is what stops a soup or a curry arriving on its side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed for storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — 300 bags take very little shelf space until they are opened out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural kraft brown finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — unprinted and neutral, which suits eco-conscious and premium presentation equally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRPRR-120-J\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJumbo twist handle kraft paper carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced twisted paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide gusset\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded bag dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 370 mm (recorded for both top and base); height 220 mm - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 x 360 x 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5 (unit not stated in our data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese bags suit restaurants, cafes, catering operations and retail outlets sending large takeaway orders. The two figures to work from are the \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e300-bag carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — together they tell you whether the bag holds your heaviest order and what each one costs you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dimensions recorded against this product are the CARTON, not the item.\u003c\/strong\u003e We can state that with certainty here because the source lists the carton size explicitly and it matches the dimensions field exactly. The carton measures 490 x 360 x 330 mm and holds 300 bags flat-packed, so plan storage against that rather than against the opened bag. Store somewhere dry — kraft paper loses a great deal of its strength once it has taken up moisture, and a bag rated to 5 kg dry will not hold 5 kg damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many bags are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e300. That figure is recorded explicitly in our product data for this item, so you can cost it into an order with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e5 kg. That is the specification to work to. Keep in mind it assumes a dry bag - kraft paper weakens significantly once it has absorbed moisture, so store the cartons somewhere dry and do not leave bags sitting in a wet service area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the actual bag dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur data records 350 x 370 mm for both the top and the base, plus a height of 220 mm. Those three figures are almost certainly right, but the labelling is not reliable: a bag with a wide gusset base cannot have identical top and base dimensions, so which measurement belongs to which axis is not something we can state from our records. If the exact opened size matters for your packaging, ask us to confirm it with the supplier before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it actually recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and unusually straightforwardly. It is kraft paper with twisted paper handles - no plastic laminate and no plastic handle - so it goes into the paper stream without anything needing to be separated first. The paper is also FSC certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the dimensions listed the bag or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 490 x 360 x 330 mm figure in our records is the carton. The source lists it explicitly as the carton size, and it matches our dimensions field exactly - so unlike some products in this range, there is no ambiguity here.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the RPRR-120-J come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many bags are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"300. That figure is recorded explicitly in our product data for this item, so you can cost it into an order with confidence.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight will it hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"5 kg. That is the specification to work to. Keep in mind it assumes a dry bag - kraft paper weakens significantly once it has absorbed moisture, so store the cartons somewhere dry and do not leave bags sitting in a wet service area.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the actual bag dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our data records 350 x 370 mm for both the top and the base, plus a height of 220 mm. Those three figures are almost certainly right, but the labelling is not reliable: a bag with a wide gusset base cannot have identical top and base dimensions, so which measurement belongs to which axis is not something we can state from our records. If the exact opened size matters for your packaging, ask us to confirm it with the supplier before ordering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it actually recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and unusually straightforwardly. It is kraft paper with twisted paper handles - no plastic laminate and no plastic handle - so it goes into the paper stream without anything needing to be separated first. The paper is also FSC certified.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the dimensions listed the bag or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The 490 x 360 x 330 mm figure in our records is the carton. The source lists it explicitly as the carton size, and it matches our dimensions field exactly - so unlike some products in this range, there is no ambiguity here.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the RPRR-120-J come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001113112877,"sku":"RPRR-120-J","price":109.76,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-jumbo-twist-handle-kraft-paper-bags-rprr-120-j-7399253.png?v=1776774975"},{"product_id":"pakmax-98mm-20oz-pet-cold-cup-cc-98-20c","title":"Pakmax 98mm 20oz Pet Cold Cup CC-98-20C","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CC-98-20C is a \u003cstrong\u003e20 oz (591 mL) clear PET cold cup\u003c\/strong\u003e supplied in \u003cstrong\u003ecartons of 1,000\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003e98 mm rim taking a 98MM lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 61 mm base and a height of 138 mm. PET holds its clarity and rigidity with ice and carbonated drinks, and is recyclable. It shares its 98 mm rim with the 16 oz cup in the same range, so \u003cstrong\u003eone lid covers both sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CC-98-20C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e98 mm rim - one lid fits this and the 16 oz PET cup\u003c\/strong\u003e — a genuine simplification for your ordering: CC-98-20C and CC-98-16C both take the 98MM LID, so two cup sizes need only one lid line. Note this does NOT extend to the paper cups, which use a 90 mm rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,000 cups per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — recorded explicitly, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePET rather than PP or paper\u003c\/strong\u003e — PET stays clear and stays rigid. Clarity matters when the drink is the display - layered iced coffees, smoothies and juices sell on how they look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists cracking with ice and carbonation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the two things that split a cheaper cup. Carbonated drinks put the wall under pressure and ice puts it under impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a cold-drink range. It is not a hot cup and PET should not be used for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e — PET is one of the most widely accepted plastics in kerbside recycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e138 mm tall, 61 mm base\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the height against your dispensers and the base against your drink carriers and cup holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth rim finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — comfortable to drink from and, more practically, what makes the lid seat properly and stop leaking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCC-98-20C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear PET cold cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 oz (591 mL) brim fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim diameter (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e138 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98MM LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 x 402 x 435 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 (unit not stated in our data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cup suits cafes, juice bars, smoothie counters and takeaway venues serving larger cold drinks. The 20 oz size is the one to reach for when the drink includes ice and the customer still expects a full serve. Match the 98 mm rim to your lid stock — and note the paper cold cups in the same range use a 90 mm rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dimensions recorded against this product are the CARTON, not the item.\u003c\/strong\u003e We can state that with certainty here because the source lists the carton size explicitly and it matches the dimensions field exactly. The carton is 505 x 402 x 435 mm and holds 1,000 cups; the cup is 98 mm at the rim, 61 mm at the base and 138 mm tall. Store out of direct sun and away from heat — PET softens and distorts well below the temperature paper tolerates, and a carton left in a hot delivery van or a sunlit store room can arrive misshapen.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur data records an FSC certification against this cup. \u003cstrong\u003eWe have not published it.\u003c\/strong\u003e FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic cup — there is no forest fibre in it for the certification to apply to. Repeating that claim would put a misleading environmental statement on your cups, so we have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 98MM LID, in either dome or flat. The same lid also fits the 16 oz PET cup CC-98-16C, so two cup sizes need only one lid line. It does not fit the paper cold cups in the PakMax range - those use a 90 mm rim and a 90MM lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is it different from the 16 oz PET cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVolume and height only. This one holds 20 oz (591 mL) and stands 138 mm tall; the CC-98-16C holds 16 oz (473 mL) and stands 122 mm. Rim, base, material, temperature range and carton quantity are identical, and they share a lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. PET softens well below the temperature of a hot beverage and will distort. Use a paper hot cup instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. PET is one of the most widely accepted plastics in kerbside recycling, and that is the environmental claim we would make for this cup. We have deliberately not repeated the FSC certification recorded in our data against it - FSC covers forest fibre, and there is none in a PET cup, so the claim cannot apply. We have flagged the record for correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1,000. Recorded explicitly in our product data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the CC-98-20C come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 98MM LID, in either dome or flat. The same lid also fits the 16 oz PET cup CC-98-16C, so two cup sizes need only one lid line. It does not fit the paper cold cups in the PakMax range - those use a 90 mm rim and a 90MM lid.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it different from the 16 oz PET cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Volume and height only. This one holds 20 oz (591 mL) and stands 138 mm tall; the CC-98-16C holds 16 oz (473 mL) and stands 122 mm. Rim, base, material, temperature range and carton quantity are identical, and they share a lid.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it for hot drinks?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. PET softens well below the temperature of a hot beverage and will distort. Use a paper hot cup instead.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. PET is one of the most widely accepted plastics in kerbside recycling, and that is the environmental claim we would make for this cup. We have deliberately not repeated the FSC certification recorded in our data against it - FSC covers forest fibre, and there is none in a PET cup, so the claim cannot apply. We have flagged the record for correction.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1,000. Recorded explicitly in our product data.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the CC-98-20C come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001113309485,"sku":"CC-98-20C","price":113.45,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-98mm-20oz-pet-cold-cup-cc-98-20c-8031031.png?v=1776774974"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-5-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-51","title":"Pakmax Sugarcane 5-compartment Lunch Tray LT-51","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax LT-51 is a \u003cstrong\u003efive-compartment lunch tray made from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fibre left after sugar is extracted, so the raw material is a by-product rather than a crop grown for packaging. It is \u003cstrong\u003ecompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eoil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e, and rigid enough to hold a full meal without flexing. The \u003cstrong\u003efive compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e keep mains, sides and condiments apart, which is what makes it suitable for plated service rather than just takeaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the LT-51\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive compartments keep the plate together\u003c\/strong\u003e — mains, sides and sauce stay separate in transit. On a delivered or pre-plated meal that is the difference between food that arrives as intended and food that arrives mixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugarcane bagasse - a by-product, not a crop\u003c\/strong\u003e — bagasse is what remains after sugar extraction, so the material is diverted from waste rather than grown for packaging. That is a stronger environmental position than most alternatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e — the qualifier matters and we are keeping it: commercially compostable is not the same as home compostable or as simply biodegradable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — bagasse naturally resists grease and liquid without a plastic lining, which is what lets it stay compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid enough to carry a full meal\u003c\/strong\u003e — the manufacturer's emphasis, and the practical test - a tray that flexes when lifted spills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits hot and cold food\u003c\/strong\u003e — one tray across the menu rather than separate lines for each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e — storage space in a busy kitchen is finite, and disposables consume a lot of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits catering, meal prep, schools and takeaway\u003c\/strong\u003e — the manufacturer's stated range of use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostable lunch tray, 5 compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e281 x 221 mm, 45 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 290 x 450 mm, 14.3 kg gross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural off-white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LT-51 suits caterers, meal-prep operations, schools, aged care and takeaway venues serving multi-component meals. If your environmental positioning matters to your customers, bagasse is a stronger story than most alternatives — but check your local commercial composting arrangements, because that is what makes the claim real.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install — this is a disposable. Two things to confirm with our team before you order, because our data does not record them: \u003cstrong\u003ehow many trays are in a carton\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003ethe actual tray dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e. The trays are supplied \u003cstrong\u003e300 to a carton\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the carton measures 400 x 290 x 450 mm at 14.3 kg gross — use those figures for shelf planning and freight. Each tray is 281 x 221 mm at the top and 45 mm deep, so check that against your delivery bags and any lidding you intend to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e300 trays per carton, in a case measuring 400 x 290 x 450 mm at 14.3 kg gross. That is the figure to build your cost per serve from. For comparison across the PakMax range we carry, the 6-compartment tray is also 300 per carton, the 12.5 inch oval plate is 500, and the cold cups are 1,000.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the tray itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e281 x 221 mm across the top and 45 mm deep. The 400 x 290 x 450 mm figure that also appears in our records is the carton, not the tray. If compartment-by-compartment portion fit matters to you, ask our team - the individual compartment sizes are not recorded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does 'compostable under commercial conditions' mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt means the tray will break down in an industrial composting facility, which runs hotter and more actively than a home compost heap. It is a genuine claim but a conditional one - if your waste does not reach a commercial composting stream, the environmental benefit is not realised. Check what your waste contractor actually does with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is bagasse actually better than plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe material is a by-product of sugar processing rather than a crop grown for packaging, and it composts commercially rather than persisting. Those are real advantages. The honest caveat is the one above: the composting benefit depends on the tray reaching a facility that composts it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it hold hot and saucy food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states it is oil and moisture resistant and suitable for both hot and cold food, and that the rigid construction holds a full meal without bending or leaking. Bagasse resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining, which is what keeps it compostable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the LT-51 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"300 trays per carton, in a case measuring 400 x 290 x 450 mm at 14.3 kg gross. That is the figure to build your cost per serve from. For comparison across the PakMax range we carry, the 6-compartment tray is also 300 per carton, the 12.5 inch oval plate is 500, and the cold cups are 1,000.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the tray itself?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"281 x 221 mm across the top and 45 mm deep. The 400 x 290 x 450 mm figure that also appears in our records is the carton, not the tray. If compartment-by-compartment portion fit matters to you, ask our team - the individual compartment sizes are not recorded.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does 'compostable under commercial conditions' mean?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It means the tray will break down in an industrial composting facility, which runs hotter and more actively than a home compost heap. It is a genuine claim but a conditional one - if your waste does not reach a commercial composting stream, the environmental benefit is not realised. Check what your waste contractor actually does with it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is bagasse actually better than plastic?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The material is a by-product of sugar processing rather than a crop grown for packaging, and it composts commercially rather than persisting. Those are real advantages. The honest caveat is the one above: the composting benefit depends on the tray reaching a facility that composts it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will it hold hot and saucy food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The manufacturer states it is oil and moisture resistant and suitable for both hot and cold food, and that the rigid construction holds a full meal without bending or leaking. Bagasse resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining, which is what keeps it compostable.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the LT-51 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001114292525,"sku":"LT-51","price":113.46,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-5-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-51-4504024.png?v=1776774974"},{"product_id":"pakmax-125-sugarcaneoval-plate-pl-o12","title":"Pakmax 12.5\" Sugarcaneoval Plate PL-O12","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PL-O12 is a \u003cstrong\u003e12.5 inch oval serving plate supplied in cartons of 500\u003c\/strong\u003e, measuring \u003cstrong\u003e317.5 x 254 mm with a 24.5 mm rim depth\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is oil and moisture resistant, rigid enough for a full main course, and stacks for storage. \u003cstrong\u003eOne thing this page will not tell you is what it is made of\u003c\/strong\u003e — our records describe it as sugarcane in one place and paperboard in another, and those are different materials with different disposal routes. The detail is set out below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PL-O12\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 plates per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — recorded explicitly in our data, so the cost per cover is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e317.5 x 254 mm - a genuine 12.5 inch plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the recorded size matches the name exactly, which is worth confirming because plate sizing is often nominal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24.5 mm rim depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to hold a plated main with sauce rather than a flat platter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds its structure through a full service with hot, wet food on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — more usable surface for a plated main than a round plate of the same nominal size, and it presents better on a buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 to a carton and they stack in service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial and colour are recorded inconsistently\u003c\/strong\u003e — set out in full below. We would rather tell you the data disagrees than pick the answer that reads better\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-O12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval serving plate, 12.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e317.5 x 254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded inconsistently - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded inconsistently - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded inconsistently - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 x 290 x 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5 (unit not stated in our data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis plate suits caterers, buffets, function venues and takeaway operations plating a full main. The size and the carton quantity are firm; the material is not. If your venue makes a specific environmental claim to customers — compostable, recyclable, plastic-free — contact us before ordering so we can confirm it with the supplier rather than have you repeat something we cannot stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dimensions recorded against this product are the CARTON, not the item.\u003c\/strong\u003e We can state that with certainty here because the source lists the carton size explicitly and it matches the dimensions field exactly. The carton is 335 x 290 x 520 mm and holds 500 plates; the plate itself is 317.5 x 254 mm with a 24.5 mm rim. Store dry and flat. \u003cstrong\u003eDo not print a material or environmental claim on your packaging or menu from this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e — ask us to confirm it with the supplier first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this plate actually made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe cannot tell you with confidence, and we would rather say so. The product name and SKU describe it as a sugarcane plate. The product description calls it premium food-grade paperboard and refers to it as a white paper oval plate. Sugarcane bagasse and paperboard are different materials: bagasse is compostable and naturally off-white, paperboard is recyclable and white. Notably the recorded colour is Natural Off-White, which supports the sugarcane reading, while the written description supports paperboard - so the evidence genuinely points both ways. Ask us and we will confirm with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat follows directly from the material question above, which is why we are not answering it here. Bagasse composts under commercial conditions; coated paperboard is recycled. They are different waste streams, and telling your customers the wrong one is worse than telling them nothing. We will confirm it for you before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. That figure is recorded explicitly and is not affected by the material question.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e317.5 x 254 mm with a 24.5 mm rim depth. 317.5 mm is exactly 12.5 inches, so the name matches the measurement - which is not always the case with plate sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why is FSC certification listed if the material is unclear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFSC certification is recorded against this product in our data and applies to responsibly sourced forest fibre. It is consistent with the paperboard reading. It does not resolve the question on its own, so we have listed it as recorded rather than using it to argue for one material over the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the PL-O12 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this plate actually made of?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We cannot tell you with confidence, and we would rather say so. The product name and SKU describe it as a sugarcane plate. The product description calls it premium food-grade paperboard and refers to it as a white paper oval plate. Sugarcane bagasse and paperboard are different materials: bagasse is compostable and naturally off-white, paperboard is recyclable and white. Notably the recorded colour is Natural Off-White, which supports the sugarcane reading, while the written description supports paperboard - so the evidence genuinely points both ways. Ask us and we will confirm with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That follows directly from the material question above, which is why we are not answering it here. Bagasse composts under commercial conditions; coated paperboard is recycled. They are different waste streams, and telling your customers the wrong one is worse than telling them nothing. We will confirm it for you before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many plates are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. That figure is recorded explicitly and is not affected by the material question.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is it really?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"317.5 x 254 mm with a 24.5 mm rim depth. 317.5 mm is exactly 12.5 inches, so the name matches the measurement - which is not always the case with plate sizing.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is FSC certification listed if the material is unclear?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"FSC certification is recorded against this product in our data and applies to responsibly sourced forest fibre. It is consistent with the paperboard reading. It does not resolve the question on its own, so we have listed it as recorded rather than using it to argue for one material over the other.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the PL-O12 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001114358061,"sku":"PL-O12","price":114.61,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-125-sugarcaneoval-plate-pl-o12-9316949.png?v=1776774974"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-6-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-61","title":"Pakmax Sugarcane 6-compartment Lunch Tray LT-61","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax LT-61 is a \u003cstrong\u003esix-compartment lunch tray made from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fibre left over after sugar is pressed from the cane — supplied in \u003cstrong\u003ecartons of 300\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each tray measures \u003cstrong\u003e281 x 221 mm and 45 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is \u003cstrong\u003ecompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, oil and moisture resistant, and rigid enough to carry a full meal without flexing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the LT-61\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e — mains, sides and condiments stay separate. That is what makes portion control possible and keeps a wet component from running into a dry one before the meal is eaten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 trays per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — recorded explicitly in our data, so your cost per meal is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e281 x 221 mm, 45 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e — the actual tray size - recorded for this model, which is not true of every tray in the range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompostable, not merely recyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e — bagasse breaks down under commercial composting conditions. That is a different waste stream from recycling, and it only works if commercial composting is actually available to you or your customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from a by-product\u003c\/strong\u003e — bagasse is what is left after sugar extraction, so the raw material is a waste stream being used rather than a crop grown for packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — naturally, without a plastic lining - which is what allows it to stay compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits hot and cold dishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tray holds its structure either way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e — 300 to a carton, and they stack in service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — recorded against this product in our data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-61\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSix-compartment lunch tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e281 x 221 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural off-white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 x 290 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.9 (unit not stated in our data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray suits caterers, school and workplace meal programs, meal-prep operations and takeaway venues serving a main with sides. Six compartments is a genuinely divided meal — if you need five, the LT-51 in the same range is the five-compartment version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dimensions recorded against this product are the CARTON, not the item.\u003c\/strong\u003e We can state that with certainty here because the source lists the carton size explicitly and it matches the dimensions field exactly. The carton measures 440 x 290 x 300 mm and holds 300 trays; the tray itself is 281 x 221 mm and 45 mm deep, and both figures are recorded separately for this model. Store somewhere dry. Compostable packaging only composts where commercial composting is available — in a general waste bin it behaves like any other waste, so it is worth knowing what your venue or your customers actually have access to before the claim goes on your menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e300. Recorded explicitly in our product data for this item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is each tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e281 x 221 mm, and 45 mm deep. Those are the tray's own dimensions - recorded separately from the carton size for this model, which is not the case for every tray in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between this and the LT-51?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe number of compartments. The LT-61 has six; the LT-51 has five. They are different trays with different carton sizes, so check the compartment count against how you plate rather than assuming they are interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is compostable the same as recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and the difference is practical. Bagasse composts under commercial composting conditions - it does not go into the recycling stream, and in landfill it behaves much like other waste. If you want to make a genuine environmental claim to customers, confirm that commercial composting is actually available to your venue or your customers first. Note that other PakMax lines are recyclable rather than compostable, so the correct claim differs by product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the dimensions listed the tray or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are recorded, separately. The tray is 281 x 221 x 45 mm; the 440 x 290 x 300 mm figure in our dimensions field is the carton, which the source lists explicitly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the LT-61 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"300. Recorded explicitly in our product data for this item.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is each tray?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"281 x 221 mm, and 45 mm deep. Those are the tray's own dimensions - recorded separately from the carton size for this model, which is not the case for every tray in the range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between this and the LT-51?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The number of compartments. The LT-61 has six; the LT-51 has five. They are different trays with different carton sizes, so check the compartment count against how you plate rather than assuming they are interchangeable.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is compostable the same as recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, and the difference is practical. Bagasse composts under commercial composting conditions - it does not go into the recycling stream, and in landfill it behaves much like other waste. If you want to make a genuine environmental claim to customers, confirm that commercial composting is actually available to your venue or your customers first. Note that other PakMax lines are recyclable rather than compostable, so the correct claim differs by product.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the dimensions listed the tray or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Both are recorded, separately. The tray is 281 x 221 x 45 mm; the 440 x 290 x 300 mm figure in our dimensions field is the carton, which the source lists explicitly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the LT-61 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001114489133,"sku":"LT-61","price":115.12,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-6-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-61-9491175.png?v=1776774970"},{"product_id":"pakmax-40oz-deep-sugarcane-bowl-db-198-40w","title":"Pakmax 40oz Deep Sugarcane Bowl DB-198-40W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax DB-198-40W is a \u003cstrong\u003e40 oz deep sugarcane bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e supplied in \u003cstrong\u003ecartons of 500\u003c\/strong\u003e. The deep, wide shape is what it is for: curries, noodles, soups, pasta and large salads sit properly in it rather than spreading thin, and it holds a genuinely generous portion. It is \u003cstrong\u003erecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eoil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e, and built to keep its shape with hot and saucy food rather than softening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the DB-198-40W\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarton of 500\u003c\/strong\u003e — the figure your cost per serve is built on, and it is recorded - which is more than can be said for some disposables in this range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 oz brim fill capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a large portion. Note that brim fill is the absolute capacity, not the practical serving volume - allow headroom for anything with sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep and wide, not shallow\u003c\/strong\u003e — the shape suits bowl food specifically. A shallow tray spreads a curry thin and it cools faster; a deep bowl holds it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — the inner surface resists softening with saucy and oily food, which is exactly what bowl food is\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds its shape with hot food\u003c\/strong\u003e — the practical test of a disposable bowl - one that flexes when carried spills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e — note this is a recyclability claim, not a compostability one - different from the sugarcane lunch tray in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, professional appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e — a plain finish that suits most cuisines rather than competing with the food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e — disposables consume storage space, and stacking shape decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-198-40W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-198-40W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep sugarcane bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food - curries, noodles, soups, pasta, salads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - the recorded figures appear to be carton dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 x 290 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecorded carton weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DB-198-40W suits restaurants, cafes, caterers and takeaway venues serving bowl food — curry houses, noodle bars, poke and salad operations. At 40 oz it is a main-meal bowl rather than a side, so size your order against how many large portions you actually serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install — this is a disposable supplied in cartons of 500. The recorded 630 x 290 x 210 mm and 15.5 kg figures are the \u003cstrong\u003ecarton\u003c\/strong\u003e, not the bowl, so use them for storage and freight planning rather than portion planning. Our data does not record the bowl's own diameter or depth — ask our team if you need them to check against a lid or a delivery bag. Allow shelf space: 500 bowls is a substantial carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many bowls are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. That figure is recorded for this product, which lets you work out cost per serve directly. Worth noting the PakMax lunch tray in the same range does not record a carton quantity - so check per product rather than assuming a standard pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does 40 oz brim fill mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the volume to the very top edge of the bowl - the absolute capacity, not a practical serving size. For anything saucy you want headroom below the brim, so treat 40 oz as the ceiling rather than the portion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe source describes it as recyclable rather than compostable, and we are publishing exactly that. The sugarcane lunch tray in the same PakMax range is described as commercially compostable - different claims about products made from the same base fibre, so do not assume one from the other. If your waste stream determines the choice, confirm the specific claim with our team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the bowl itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot recorded. Our data holds 630 x 290 x 210 mm at 15.5 kg, which are the carton dimensions and weight - a single bowl obviously does not weigh 15.5 kg. If you need the bowl's diameter and depth, for instance to match a lid, ask our team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it cope with hot curry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states it is oil and moisture resistant and designed to maintain strength and shape with hot, cold or saucy foods. That is the specific use case the deep bowl shape is designed around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the DB-198-40W come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many bowls are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. That figure is recorded for this product, which lets you work out cost per serve directly. Worth noting the PakMax lunch tray in the same range does not record a carton quantity - so check per product rather than assuming a standard pack.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does 40 oz brim fill mean?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is the volume to the very top edge of the bowl - the absolute capacity, not a practical serving size. For anything saucy you want headroom below the brim, so treat 40 oz as the ceiling rather than the portion.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The source describes it as recyclable rather than compostable, and we are publishing exactly that. The sugarcane lunch tray in the same PakMax range is described as commercially compostable - different claims about products made from the same base fibre, so do not assume one from the other. If your waste stream determines the choice, confirm the specific claim with our team.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the bowl itself?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Not recorded. Our data holds 630 x 290 x 210 mm at 15.5 kg, which are the carton dimensions and weight - a single bowl obviously does not weigh 15.5 kg. If you need the bowl's diameter and depth, for instance to match a lid, ask our team.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will it cope with hot curry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The manufacturer states it is oil and moisture resistant and designed to maintain strength and shape with hot, cold or saucy foods. That is the specific use case the deep bowl shape is designed around.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the DB-198-40W come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001114554669,"sku":"DB-198-40W","price":119.61,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-40oz-deep-sugarcane-bowl-db-198-40w-6907593.png?v=1776774969"},{"product_id":"pakmax-22oz-single-layer-cold-paper-cup-slcpc-90-22g","title":"Pakmax 22oz Single Layer Cold Paper Cup SLCPC-90-22G","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SLCPC-90-22G is a \u003cstrong\u003e22 oz single-layer cold paper cup\u003c\/strong\u003e made from \u003cstrong\u003e320 gsm FSC-certified paper with a 20 gsm polyethylene lining\u003c\/strong\u003e. Those two numbers are the specification that matters: the 320 gsm board is what gives the cup its rigidity in the hand, and the PE lining is what stops condensation from an iced drink softening the wall. The \u003cstrong\u003e90 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e in the model code is the lid size, which is what you need to match when ordering lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SLCPC-90-22G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e320 gsm board with a 20 gsm PE lining\u003c\/strong\u003e — both figures stated, which is unusual - most cup listings give neither. Board weight is rigidity; lining weight is moisture protection. Together they are why the cup holds up through a long iced coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 mm diameter - match your lids to it\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 90 in the model code is the rim diameter. Lids are sized to it, so check before ordering either separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngineered specifically for cold drinks\u003c\/strong\u003e — condensation on the outside is what defeats an unlined cup. This one is built for iced and carbonated drinks rather than adapted from a hot cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified paper\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified as sourced from responsibly managed forests, which is a verified chain-of-custody claim rather than a general environmental statement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed for recycling after use - note this is a recyclability claim, not compostability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22 oz - a large serve\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full large size for smoothies, iced coffee and soft drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — plain white takes branding well and suits any venue; it does not compete with what is in the cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle layer\u003c\/strong\u003e — not double-walled - it is a cold cup, so the insulation a hot cup needs is not required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSLCPC-90-22G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSLCPC-90-22G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle layer cold paper cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 gsm coated paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 gsm polyethylene (PE)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold and iced beverages, including carbonated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 cups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 oz (650 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOmbre green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 x 430 x 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SLCPC-90-22G suits cafes, food courts, event venues and takeaway counters serving large cold drinks — iced coffee, smoothies and soft drinks. Match the 90 mm rim to your lids, and confirm the carton quantity with our team before costing it into a menu price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware\"\u003ekitchenware\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install — this is a disposable. Two things to sort before ordering: \u003cstrong\u003econfirm the carton quantity with our team\u003c\/strong\u003e (they come 1,000 to a carton, in a case measuring 460 x 430 x 650 mm); and \u003cstrong\u003ematch your lids to the 90 mm rim diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e. The recorded 460 x 430 x 650 mm figure is the carton rather than the cup, so use it for shelf planning. Cold cups take a lot of storage volume relative to their value, so check you have the space before ordering in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cups are in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1,000 cups per carton, in a case measuring 460 x 430 x 650 mm. That is the figure to build your cost per serve from. Pack sizes vary across the PakMax range we carry - the cold cups are 1,000 per carton, the 40 oz bowl is 500 and the sugarcane lunch trays are 300 - so check per product rather than assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What lids fit it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 90 in the model code is the rim diameter in millimetres, and lids are sized to the rim rather than the volume. So you need 90 mm lids - and it is worth confirming the specific lid product with our team rather than assuming, because a lid that nearly fits is worse than none.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do the 320 gsm and 20 gsm figures mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoard weight and lining weight. 320 gsm is the paper's thickness and stiffness - it is what stops the cup flexing when someone picks it up by the middle. The 20 gsm PE lining is the moisture barrier that stops the drink and the outside condensation reaching the board. Most cup listings give neither figure, so being able to compare them is genuinely useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - it is specified as a cold cup and it is single layer. A hot cup needs either double walling or a ripple wall for the customer to hold it, and a different lining specification. Use a hot cup for hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it recyclable or compostable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecyclable, as stated by the manufacturer. That is a different claim from the PakMax sugarcane lunch tray in the same range, which is described as commercially compostable. A PE-lined paper cup and a bagasse tray are different materials with different waste streams, so do not assume one claim from the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the SLCPC-90-22G come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cups are in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1,000 cups per carton, in a case measuring 460 x 430 x 650 mm. That is the figure to build your cost per serve from. Pack sizes vary across the PakMax range we carry - the cold cups are 1,000 per carton, the 40 oz bowl is 500 and the sugarcane lunch trays are 300 - so check per product rather than assuming.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What lids fit it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The 90 in the model code is the rim diameter in millimetres, and lids are sized to the rim rather than the volume. So you need 90 mm lids - and it is worth confirming the specific lid product with our team rather than assuming, because a lid that nearly fits is worse than none.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What do the 320 gsm and 20 gsm figures mean?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Board weight and lining weight. 320 gsm is the paper's thickness and stiffness - it is what stops the cup flexing when someone picks it up by the middle. The 20 gsm PE lining is the moisture barrier that stops the drink and the outside condensation reaching the board. Most cup listings give neither figure, so being able to compare them is genuinely useful.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it suitable for hot drinks?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No - it is specified as a cold cup and it is single layer. A hot cup needs either double walling or a ripple wall for the customer to hold it, and a different lining specification. Use a hot cup for hot drinks.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it recyclable or compostable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Recyclable, as stated by the manufacturer. That is a different claim from the PakMax sugarcane lunch tray in the same range, which is described as commercially compostable. A PE-lined paper cup and a bagasse tray are different materials with different waste streams, so do not assume one claim from the other.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the SLCPC-90-22G come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our records do not carry a specific warranty term for this item. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52001114620205,"sku":"SLCPC-90-22G","price":127.03,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-22oz-single-layer-cold-paper-cup-slcpc-90-22g-1323426.png?v=1776774968"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-sushi-tray-216-x-136-mm-st-15-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax Sugarcane Sushi Tray 216 x 136 mm ST-15 Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-15 is a sugarcane bagasse sushi tray measuring 216 x 136 mm with a 20 mm depth, supplied in a carton of 500. It is commercially compostable, rigid, moisture resistant, and takes the ST-15-LID clear PET lid, which is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ST-15\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e - the fibre left after sugar is extracted, so the raw material is a by-product rather than a crop grown for packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the qualifier matters and we are keeping it - commercially compostable is not the same as home compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - holds its shape with moist foods like sushi and sashimi through handling and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e216 x 136 mm, 20 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - the largest of the three PakMax sushi trays we list; the ST-08 is 165 x 115 mm and the ST-04 is 164 x 89 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 trays per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the ST-15-LID clear PET lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - sold separately, also 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for cold and short-term warm food\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier states heat tolerance as well as cold use, so it is not restricted to chilled service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e216 x 136 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15-LID (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 290 x 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits sushi counters, grab-and-go retail, caterers and takeaway kitchens packing cold or short-term warm portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 550 x 290 x 225 mm with a gross weight of 9.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits the ST-15?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST-15-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. The ST-15 tray top is recorded at 216 x 136 mm and the ST-15-LID at 220 x 138 mm. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCommercially compostable. Bagasse breaks down in an industrial composting facility, and it resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining, which is what keeps it compostable. Home composting is a different standard and is not claimed. Note the ST-15-LID is PET plastic and goes to a different waste stream, so a lidded tray is not compostable as a unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 550 x 290 x 225 mm and has a gross weight of 9.0 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold warm food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states it is suitable for short-term use with warm foods as well as cold, thanks to the heat tolerance of bagasse. It is not an oven or microwave claim - no reheating instruction is recorded - so treat it as short-term holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits the ST-15?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ST-15-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. The ST-15 tray top is recorded at 216 x 136 mm and the ST-15-LID at 220 x 138 mm. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Commercially compostable. Bagasse breaks down in an industrial composting facility, and it resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining, which is what keeps it compostable. Home composting is a different standard and is not claimed. Note the ST-15-LID is PET plastic and goes to a different waste stream, so a lidded tray is not compostable as a unit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 550 x 290 x 225 mm and has a gross weight of 9.0 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold warm food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier states it is suitable for short-term use with warm foods as well as cold, thanks to the heat tolerance of bagasse. It is not an oven or microwave claim - no reheating instruction is recorded - so treat it as short-term holding.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353069646125,"sku":"ST-15","price":70.64,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-sushi-tray-216-x-136-mm-st-15-carton-of-500-6837465.png?v=1788974422"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-sushi-tray-165-x-115-mm-st-08-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax Sugarcane Sushi Tray 165 x 115 mm ST-08 Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-08 is a sugarcane bagasse sushi tray measuring 165 x 115 mm with a 21 mm depth, supplied in a carton of 500. It is commercially compostable, rigid and moisture resistant. Please read the lid FAQ before ordering the ST-08-LID with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ST-08\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e - the fibre left after sugar is extracted, so the raw material is a by-product rather than a crop grown for packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the qualifier matters and we are keeping it - commercially compostable is not the same as home compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - holds its shape with moist foods like sushi and sashimi through handling and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e165 x 115 mm, 21 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - the middle of the three PakMax sushi trays we list, and the deepest of the three by a millimetre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 trays per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the lid dimensions before ordering\u003c\/strong\u003e - the ST-08-LID is recorded at 170 x 110 mm against this tray at 165 x 115 mm - narrower in one axis, where the other two lids in the range are larger than their trays in both. See the FAQ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for cold and short-term warm food\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier states heat tolerance as well as cold use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 x 115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08-LID (sold separately - see FAQ on fit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 x 290 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits sushi counters, grab-and-go retail, caterers and takeaway kitchens packing cold or short-term warm portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 580 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 6.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits the ST-08, and what is the dimension query?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST-08-LID, sold separately and 500 to a carton like the tray. There is one thing worth raising before you order: our records put the ST-08 tray top at 165 x 115 mm and the ST-08-LID at 170 x 110 mm - wider in one axis and 5 mm narrower in the other. On the other two pairs in this range the lid is larger than its tray in both axes (ST-15 tray 216 x 136 against a 220 x 138 lid; ST-04 tray 164 x 89 against a 165 x 95 lid), which is what a snap-over lid should look like. We have published both recorded figures rather than pick one, and we have flagged it with the supplier. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask us for a sample before committing to a carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCommercially compostable. Bagasse breaks down in an industrial composting facility, and it resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining. Home composting is a different standard and is not claimed. The ST-08-LID is PET plastic and goes to a different waste stream.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 580 x 290 x 240 mm and has a gross weight of 6.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits the ST-08, and what is the dimension query?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ST-08-LID, sold separately and 500 to a carton like the tray. There is one thing worth raising before you order: our records put the ST-08 tray top at 165 x 115 mm and the ST-08-LID at 170 x 110 mm - wider in one axis and 5 mm narrower in the other. On the other two pairs in this range the lid is larger than its tray in both axes (ST-15 tray 216 x 136 against a 220 x 138 lid; ST-04 tray 164 x 89 against a 165 x 95 lid), which is what a snap-over lid should look like. We have published both recorded figures rather than pick one, and we have flagged it with the supplier. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask us for a sample before committing to a carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Commercially compostable. Bagasse breaks down in an industrial composting facility, and it resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining. Home composting is a different standard and is not claimed. The ST-08-LID is PET plastic and goes to a different waste stream.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 580 x 290 x 240 mm and has a gross weight of 6.5 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071153453,"sku":"ST-08","price":52.9,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-sushi-tray-165-x-115-mm-st-08-carton-of-500-1405249.png?v=1788974422"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-sushi-tray-164-x-89-mm-st-04-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax Sugarcane Sushi Tray 164 x 89 mm ST-04 Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-04 is a sugarcane bagasse sushi tray measuring 164 x 89 mm with a 21 mm depth, supplied in a carton of 500. It is the narrow tray in the range - a two to four piece portion - commercially compostable, rigid and moisture resistant, and takes the ST-04-LID clear PET lid, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ST-04\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e - the fibre left after sugar is extracted, so the raw material is a by-product rather than a crop grown for packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the qualifier matters and we are keeping it - commercially compostable is not the same as home compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - holds its shape with moist foods like sushi and sashimi through handling and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e164 x 89 mm, 21 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - the narrowest of the three PakMax sushi trays we list - a small portion or single-row tray rather than a meal tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 trays per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the ST-04-LID clear PET lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - sold separately, also 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for cold and short-term warm food\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier states heat tolerance as well as cold use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e164 x 89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercially compostable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04-LID (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e595 x 290 x 175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits sushi counters, grab-and-go retail, caterers and takeaway kitchens packing cold or short-term warm portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 595 x 290 x 175 mm with a gross weight of 5.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits the ST-04?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST-04-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. The ST-04 tray top is recorded at 164 x 89 mm and the ST-04-LID at 165 x 95 mm. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCommercially compostable. Bagasse breaks down in an industrial composting facility, and it resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining. Home composting is a different standard and is not claimed. The ST-04-LID is PET plastic and goes to a different waste stream, so a lidded tray is not compostable as a unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 595 x 290 x 175 mm and has a gross weight of 5.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the ST-08 and ST-15?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST-04 is 164 x 89 mm, the ST-08 is 165 x 115 mm and the ST-15 is 216 x 136 mm. The ST-04 and ST-08 are within a millimetre of each other on the long axis, so the real difference between those two is width, not length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits the ST-04?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ST-04-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. The ST-04 tray top is recorded at 164 x 89 mm and the ST-04-LID at 165 x 95 mm. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Commercially compostable. Bagasse breaks down in an industrial composting facility, and it resists grease naturally rather than through a plastic lining. Home composting is a different standard and is not claimed. The ST-04-LID is PET plastic and goes to a different waste stream, so a lidded tray is not compostable as a unit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 595 x 290 x 175 mm and has a gross weight of 5.5 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the ST-08 and ST-15?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ST-04 is 164 x 89 mm, the ST-08 is 165 x 115 mm and the ST-15 is 216 x 136 mm. The ST-04 and ST-08 are within a millimetre of each other on the long axis, so the real difference between those two is width, not length.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071350061,"sku":"ST-04","price":43.39,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-sushi-tray-164-x-89-mm-st-04-carton-of-500-6663115.png?v=1788974420"},{"product_id":"pakmax-clear-pet-lid-for-st-15-sushi-tray-st-15-lid-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax Clear PET Lid for ST-15 Sushi Tray ST-15-LID Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-15-LID is a clear PET snap-fit lid for the ST-15 sushi tray, measuring 220 x 138 mm with a 30 mm dome, supplied in a carton of 500. It is recyclable PET, crack-resistant and stackable, and the transparency is the point - the food sells itself through the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ST-15-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the PakMax ST-15 sushi tray\u003c\/strong\u003e - sold separately, also 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e220 x 138 mm with a 30 mm dome\u003c\/strong\u003e - the dome is the headroom over the tray - worth measuring against your display shelves and delivery bags, because it more than doubles the stacked height of a filled tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the product is visible without opening the pack, which is what sells a grab-and-go item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - widely accepted in kerbside recycling - note this is a different waste stream from the compostable bagasse tray underneath it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrack-resistant and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - PET resists flexing and splitting through handling, stacking and delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lids per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-15-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 x 138 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax ST-15 sushi tray (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 x 290 x 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits sushi counters, grab-and-go retail and takeaway kitchens that need the food visible through the lid while it is stacked in a display or a delivery bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 710 x 290 x 450 mm with a gross weight of 9.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which tray does this lid fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-15 sushi tray, sold separately. The tray top is recorded at 216 x 136 mm and this lid at 220 x 138 mm, so the lid sits over the tray. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur data records an FSC certification against this lid and we have not published it. FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic lid - there is no forest fibre in it for FSC to certify, so the claim is not simply unverified, it is impossible. We have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 710 x 290 x 450 mm and has a gross weight of 9.0 kg. It is the bulkiest carton in this range for its weight, because a domed lid is mostly air - which is why freight on it is charged on volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the lid go in the compost with the tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The ST-15 tray is compostable bagasse and this lid is PET plastic. They are different waste streams and need separating before disposal - worth putting on your bin signage if you are running the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which tray does this lid fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PakMax ST-15 sushi tray, sold separately. The tray top is recorded at 216 x 136 mm and this lid at 220 x 138 mm, so the lid sits over the tray. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our data records an FSC certification against this lid and we have not published it. FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic lid - there is no forest fibre in it for FSC to certify, so the claim is not simply unverified, it is impossible. We have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 710 x 290 x 450 mm and has a gross weight of 9.0 kg. It is the bulkiest carton in this range for its weight, because a domed lid is mostly air - which is why freight on it is charged on volume.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the lid go in the compost with the tray?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The ST-15 tray is compostable bagasse and this lid is PET plastic. They are different waste streams and need separating before disposal - worth putting on your bin signage if you are running the pair.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071415597,"sku":"ST-15-LID","price":82.13,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-clear-pet-lid-for-st-15-sushi-tray-st-15-lid-carton-of-500-8554842.png?v=1788974421"},{"product_id":"pakmax-clear-pet-lid-for-st-08-sushi-tray-st-08-lid-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax Clear PET Lid for ST-08 Sushi Tray ST-08-LID Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-08-LID is a clear PET snap-fit lid for the ST-08 sushi tray, measuring 170 x 110 mm with a 30 mm dome, supplied in a carton of 500. It is recyclable PET, crack-resistant and stackable. Please read the fit FAQ before ordering it with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ST-08-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecorded as fitting the PakMax ST-08 sushi tray\u003c\/strong\u003e - sold separately, also 500 to a carton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the fit before you commit to a carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - this lid is recorded at 170 x 110 mm and the ST-08 tray top at 165 x 115 mm - narrower in one axis, where the other two lids in the range are larger than their trays in both. See the FAQ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e170 x 110 mm with a 30 mm dome\u003c\/strong\u003e - the dome is the headroom over the tray - measure it against your display shelves and delivery bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the product is visible without opening the pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - widely accepted in kerbside recycling - a different waste stream from the compostable bagasse tray underneath it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lids per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-08-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 x 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax ST-08 sushi tray (sold separately - see FAQ on fit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 x 290 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits sushi counters, grab-and-go retail and takeaway kitchens that need the food visible through the lid while it is stacked in a display or a delivery bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 610 x 290 x 350 mm with a gross weight of 6.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this lid definitely fit the ST-08 tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records it as the lid for the ST-08, and that is what we have published - but there is a dimension query we would rather raise than hide. Our records put this lid at 170 x 110 mm and the ST-08 tray top at 165 x 115 mm: wider in one axis and 5 mm narrower in the other. On the other two pairs in this range the lid is larger than its tray in both axes (ST-15 tray 216 x 136 against a 220 x 138 lid; ST-04 tray 164 x 89 against a 165 x 95 lid), which is what a snap-over lid should look like. We have published both recorded figures rather than pick one, and we have flagged it with the supplier. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask us for a sample before committing to a carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur data records an FSC certification against this lid and we have not published it. FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic lid - there is no forest fibre in it for FSC to certify, so the claim is not simply unverified, it is impossible. We have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 610 x 290 x 350 mm and has a gross weight of 6.0 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the lid go in the compost with the tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The ST-08 tray is compostable bagasse and this lid is PET plastic. They are different waste streams and need separating before disposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does this lid definitely fit the ST-08 tray?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records it as the lid for the ST-08, and that is what we have published - but there is a dimension query we would rather raise than hide. Our records put this lid at 170 x 110 mm and the ST-08 tray top at 165 x 115 mm: wider in one axis and 5 mm narrower in the other. On the other two pairs in this range the lid is larger than its tray in both axes (ST-15 tray 216 x 136 against a 220 x 138 lid; ST-04 tray 164 x 89 against a 165 x 95 lid), which is what a snap-over lid should look like. We have published both recorded figures rather than pick one, and we have flagged it with the supplier. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask us for a sample before committing to a carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our data records an FSC certification against this lid and we have not published it. FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic lid - there is no forest fibre in it for FSC to certify, so the claim is not simply unverified, it is impossible. We have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 610 x 290 x 350 mm and has a gross weight of 6.0 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the lid go in the compost with the tray?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The ST-08 tray is compostable bagasse and this lid is PET plastic. They are different waste streams and need separating before disposal.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071448365,"sku":"ST-08-LID","price":53.54,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-clear-pet-lid-for-st-08-sushi-tray-st-08-lid-carton-of-500-5870271.png?v=1788974420"},{"product_id":"pakmax-clear-pet-lid-for-st-04-sushi-tray-st-04-lid-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax Clear PET Lid for ST-04 Sushi Tray ST-04-LID Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-04-LID is a clear PET snap-fit lid for the ST-04 sushi tray, measuring 165 x 95 mm with a 30 mm dome, supplied in a carton of 500. It is recyclable PET, crack-resistant and stackable, and the transparency is the point - the food sells itself through the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ST-04-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the PakMax ST-04 sushi tray\u003c\/strong\u003e - sold separately, also 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e165 x 95 mm with a 30 mm dome\u003c\/strong\u003e - the dome carries more headroom than the tray is deep, so a lidded ST-04 stacks taller than the 21 mm tray suggests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the product is visible without opening the pack, which is what sells a grab-and-go item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - widely accepted in kerbside recycling - a different waste stream from the compostable bagasse tray underneath it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrack-resistant and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - PET resists flexing and splitting through handling, stacking and delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lids per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eST-04-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 x 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax ST-04 sushi tray (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 290 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits sushi counters, grab-and-go retail and takeaway kitchens that need the food visible through the lid while it is stacked in a display or a delivery bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 350 mm with a gross weight of 4.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which tray does this lid fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax ST-04 sushi tray, sold separately. The tray top is recorded at 164 x 89 mm and this lid at 165 x 95 mm, so the lid sits over the tray. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur data records an FSC certification against this lid and we have not published it. FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic lid - there is no forest fibre in it for FSC to certify, so the claim is not simply unverified, it is impossible. We have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 350 mm and has a gross weight of 4.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the lid go in the compost with the tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The ST-04 tray is compostable bagasse and this lid is PET plastic. They are different waste streams and need separating before disposal - worth putting on your bin signage if you are running the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which tray does this lid fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PakMax ST-04 sushi tray, sold separately. The tray top is recorded at 164 x 89 mm and this lid at 165 x 95 mm, so the lid sits over the tray. Both are supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our data records an FSC certification against this lid and we have not published it. FSC is a forest-products certification covering paper and timber fibre, and this is a PET plastic lid - there is no forest fibre in it for FSC to certify, so the claim is not simply unverified, it is impossible. We have left it off and flagged the record for correction. PET is genuinely recyclable, and that is the claim you can stand behind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 350 mm and has a gross weight of 4.5 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the lid go in the compost with the tray?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The ST-04 tray is compostable bagasse and this lid is PET plastic. They are different waste streams and need separating before disposal - worth putting on your bin signage if you are running the pair.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071513901,"sku":"ST-04-LID","price":39.69,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-clear-pet-lid-for-st-04-sushi-tray-st-04-lid-carton-of-500-9781632.png?v=1788974422"},{"product_id":"pakmax-lid-for-lt-51-5-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-51-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax Lid for LT-51 5 Compartment Lunch Tray LT-51-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax LT-51-LID is a snap-fit lid for the LT-51 five-compartment lunch tray, recorded at 290 x 229 mm with a 14 mm height and supplied in a carton of 300 - the same carton quantity as the tray itself. It keeps a multi-section meal contained through storage, transport and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the LT-51-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the PakMax LT-51 five-compartment lunch tray\u003c\/strong\u003e - sold separately; both the lid and the tray are supplied 300 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e290 x 229 mm, 14 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - a low-profile lid - it adds very little to the stacked height of a filled tray, which matters when a meal-prep run is racked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the compartments separated in transit\u003c\/strong\u003e - the whole point of a five-section tray is lost if the meal moves, and the lid is what stops it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 lids per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, and it matches the LT-51 tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial is not recorded for this lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - FED publishes no material against it - see the FAQ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-51-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-51-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-51-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 x 229 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier - see FAQ)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax LT-51 5-compartment lunch tray (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 x 290 x 470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits caterers, meal-prep operations, schools and takeaway kitchens sending out plated multi-section meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 425 x 290 x 470 mm with a gross weight of 10.1 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this lid made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records no material for it. That is an absence rather than a contradiction, and we have not filled it in. The recorded colour, Natural Off-White, matches the bagasse products in this range and not the clear PET lids, which points to a fibre lid - but that is our reading of the colour field, not a recorded fact. If your disposal route or an environmental claim depends on it, ask our team and we will confirm with the supplier before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against it and we have published that as recorded. The honest caveat is that the material is not recorded, so we cannot tell you which fibre the certification covers. That is different from the clear PET lids in this range, where an FSC claim is impossible and we have removed it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the LT-51 tray it fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is worth stating carefully because the two records disagree about which measurement is whose. The supplier describes the lid as fitting LT-51 trays of 290 x 229 mm, and 290 x 229 mm is also this lid's own recorded unit dimension. The LT-51 tray page records the tray top at 281 x 221 mm. Our reading is that 290 x 229 mm is the lid and 281 x 221 mm is the tray, which is the right way round for a lid that sits over a tray - but we have published both figures rather than resolve it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e300. The carton measures 425 x 290 x 470 mm and has a gross weight of 10.1 kg. The LT-51 tray is also 300 to a carton, so the two order one for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this lid made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records no material for it. That is an absence rather than a contradiction, and we have not filled it in. The recorded colour, Natural Off-White, matches the bagasse products in this range and not the clear PET lids, which points to a fibre lid - but that is our reading of the colour field, not a recorded fact. If your disposal route or an environmental claim depends on it, ask our team and we will confirm with the supplier before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against it and we have published that as recorded. The honest caveat is that the material is not recorded, so we cannot tell you which fibre the certification covers. That is different from the clear PET lids in this range, where an FSC claim is impossible and we have removed it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the LT-51 tray it fits?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This is worth stating carefully because the two records disagree about which measurement is whose. The supplier describes the lid as fitting LT-51 trays of 290 x 229 mm, and 290 x 229 mm is also this lid's own recorded unit dimension. The LT-51 tray page records the tray top at 281 x 221 mm. Our reading is that 290 x 229 mm is the lid and 281 x 221 mm is the tray, which is the right way round for a lid that sits over a tray - but we have published both figures rather than resolve it for you.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"300. The carton measures 425 x 290 x 470 mm and has a gross weight of 10.1 kg. The LT-51 tray is also 300 to a carton, so the two order one for one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071644973,"sku":"LT-51-LID","price":83.3,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-lid-for-lt-51-5-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-51-lid-carton-of-300-3989046.png?v=1788974419"},{"product_id":"pakmax-10-inch-3-compartment-round-disposable-plate-258-mm-pl-r10-3-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax 10 Inch 3 Compartment Round Disposable Plate 258 mm PL-R10-3 Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PL-R10-3 is a 10 inch three-compartment round single-use plate, 258 mm across and 25.5 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 500. The dividers keep a main and two sides apart, and the plate is oil and moisture resistant, stackable and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PL-R10-3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree compartments in a 258 mm plate\u003c\/strong\u003e - keeps a main and two sides separate, which is what lets a plated meal travel without the components running together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25.5 mm deep against the single-section PL-R10 at 20.5 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e - the extra 5 mm is what the dividers buy; both plates are 258 mm across and ship in the same 530 x 290 x 270 mm carton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 plates per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the surface resists softening so the plate holds its shape through a meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid enough for heavier meals\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates it for full dishes and shared servings rather than light snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour; a neutral background for plated food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial is not confirmed on this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e - the title and SKU say sugarcane while the supplier description says paperboard throughout - see the FAQ before making any environmental claim of your own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-R10-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-R10-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-R10-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e258 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 x 290 x 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT CONFIRMED - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental certification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT PUBLISHED - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, caterers, events, food courts and takeaway kitchens serving plated meals on single-use tableware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 530 x 290 x 270 mm with a gross weight of 11.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this plate made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe are not able to confirm it. The product title, the SKU and the supplier's own category describe a sugarcane plate, while the supplier description calls it paperboard and a white paper plate throughout and never mentions sugarcane. Bagasse and paperboard are different materials with different disposal routes - bagasse composts under commercial conditions, coated paperboard is recycled. Because the two sources contradict each other we have published neither, and we would ask you not to repeat an environmental claim from this listing until it is confirmed. Contact our team and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC claim, but we have not published it. FSC certifies forest fibre, so the claim would be coherent for a paperboard plate and not for a sugarcane one - and the material itself is contradictory on this listing. We would rather leave it off than pass on a certification we cannot stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 530 x 290 x 270 mm and has a gross weight of 11.0 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is this different from the PL-R10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame 258 mm diameter and the same carton size, but the PL-R10-3 has three compartments and is 25.5 mm deep against the PL-R10 at 20.5 mm. The carton gross weight is 11.0 kg against 10.5 kg, which is the extra material in the dividers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this plate made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We are not able to confirm it. The product title, the SKU and the supplier's own category describe a sugarcane plate, while the supplier description calls it paperboard and a white paper plate throughout and never mentions sugarcane. Bagasse and paperboard are different materials with different disposal routes - bagasse composts under commercial conditions, coated paperboard is recycled. Because the two sources contradict each other we have published neither, and we would ask you not to repeat an environmental claim from this listing until it is confirmed. Contact our team and we will check with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC claim, but we have not published it. FSC certifies forest fibre, so the claim would be coherent for a paperboard plate and not for a sugarcane one - and the material itself is contradictory on this listing. We would rather leave it off than pass on a certification we cannot stand behind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many plates come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 530 x 290 x 270 mm and has a gross weight of 11.0 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is this different from the PL-R10?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Same 258 mm diameter and the same carton size, but the PL-R10-3 has three compartments and is 25.5 mm deep against the PL-R10 at 20.5 mm. The carton gross weight is 11.0 kg against 10.5 kg, which is the extra material in the dividers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071677741,"sku":"PL-R10-3","price":86.69,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"pakmax-7-inch-round-disposable-plate-175-mm-pl-r7-carton-of-1000","title":"PakMax 7 Inch Round Disposable Plate 175 mm PL-R7 Carton of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PL-R7 is a 7 inch round single-use plate, 175 mm across and 15.8 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 1,000 - double the carton quantity of the 10 inch plates in the same range. It is oil and moisture resistant, stackable and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PL-R7\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,000 plates per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - twice the 500 recorded on the 10 inch plates in this range, so the cost per serve is materially lower - check it against your storage space before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e175 mm across, 15.8 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - a side, dessert and snack plate size rather than a main-course plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the surface resists softening so the plate holds its shape through service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - compact to store and quick to set out in a busy service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour; a neutral background for plated food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial is not confirmed on this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e - the title and SKU say sugarcane while the supplier description says paperboard throughout - see the FAQ before making any environmental claim of your own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-R7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-R7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-R7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 290 x 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT CONFIRMED - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental certification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT PUBLISHED - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, caterers, events, food courts and takeaway kitchens serving plated meals on single-use tableware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 1,000. The carton measures 360 x 290 x 360 mm with a gross weight of 8.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this plate made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe are not able to confirm it. The product title, the SKU and the supplier's own category describe a sugarcane plate, while the supplier description calls it paperboard and a white paper plate throughout and never mentions sugarcane. Bagasse and paperboard are different materials with different disposal routes - bagasse composts under commercial conditions, coated paperboard is recycled. Because the two sources contradict each other we have published neither, and we would ask you not to repeat an environmental claim from this listing until it is confirmed. Contact our team and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC claim, but we have not published it. FSC certifies forest fibre, so the claim would be coherent for a paperboard plate and not for a sugarcane one - and the material itself is contradictory on this listing. We would rather leave it off than pass on a certification we cannot stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1,000 - double the 500 recorded on the 10 inch round and oval plates in this range. The carton measures 360 x 290 x 360 mm and has a gross weight of 8.5 kg. It is worth checking the carton quantity per size rather than assuming it is uniform across the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size food does a 7 inch plate suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 175 mm across with a 15.8 mm rim depth, which suits sides, desserts, pastries and snacks rather than a full main course. The 10 inch plates in the same range are the main-course size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this plate made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We are not able to confirm it. The product title, the SKU and the supplier's own category describe a sugarcane plate, while the supplier description calls it paperboard and a white paper plate throughout and never mentions sugarcane. Bagasse and paperboard are different materials with different disposal routes - bagasse composts under commercial conditions, coated paperboard is recycled. Because the two sources contradict each other we have published neither, and we would ask you not to repeat an environmental claim from this listing until it is confirmed. Contact our team and we will check with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC claim, but we have not published it. FSC certifies forest fibre, so the claim would be coherent for a paperboard plate and not for a sugarcane one - and the material itself is contradictory on this listing. We would rather leave it off than pass on a certification we cannot stand behind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many plates come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1,000 - double the 500 recorded on the 10 inch round and oval plates in this range. The carton measures 360 x 290 x 360 mm and has a gross weight of 8.5 kg. It is worth checking the carton quantity per size rather than assuming it is uniform across the range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size food does a 7 inch plate suit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is 175 mm across with a 15.8 mm rim depth, which suits sides, desserts, pastries and snacks rather than a full main course. The 10 inch plates in the same range are the main-course size.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071710509,"sku":"PL-R7","price":67.25,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-7-inch-round-disposable-plate-175-mm-pl-r7-carton-of-1000-3176681.png?v=1788974420"},{"product_id":"pakmax-10-inch-oval-disposable-plate-264-x-200-mm-pl-o10-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax 10 Inch Oval Disposable Plate 264 x 200 mm PL-O10 Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PL-O10 is a 10 inch oval single-use plate measuring 264 x 200 mm with an 18 mm rim depth, supplied in a carton of 500. The elongated shape carries a main with sides along the plate, and it is oil and moisture resistant, stackable and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PL-O10\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e264 x 200 mm oval\u003c\/strong\u003e - the extended axis carries a main plus sides in a line rather than a circle, which presents better on a buffet and fits a longer portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 mm rim depth\u003c\/strong\u003e - shallower than the round plates in this range - a presentation plate more than a containment one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 plates per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the surface resists softening so the plate holds its shape through a meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid enough for heavier meals\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates it for mains, platters and combination dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour; a neutral background for plated food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial is not confirmed on this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e - the title and SKU say sugarcane while the supplier description says paperboard throughout - see the FAQ before making any environmental claim of your own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-O10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-O10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePL-O10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e264 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 290 x 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT CONFIRMED - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental certification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT PUBLISHED - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, caterers, events, food courts and takeaway kitchens serving plated meals on single-use tableware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 360 x 290 x 410 mm with a gross weight of 9.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this plate made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe are not able to confirm it. The product title, the SKU and the supplier's own category describe a sugarcane plate, while the supplier description calls it paperboard and a white paper plate throughout and never mentions sugarcane. Bagasse and paperboard are different materials with different disposal routes - bagasse composts under commercial conditions, coated paperboard is recycled. Because the two sources contradict each other we have published neither, and we would ask you not to repeat an environmental claim from this listing until it is confirmed. Contact our team and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC claim, but we have not published it. FSC certifies forest fibre, so the claim would be coherent for a paperboard plate and not for a sugarcane one - and the material itself is contradictory on this listing. We would rather leave it off than pass on a certification we cannot stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e500. The carton measures 360 x 290 x 410 mm and has a gross weight of 9.0 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it really 10 inches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 264 x 200 mm, so the long axis is about 10.4 inches and the short axis about 7.9 inches. The 10 inch figure in the name refers to the nominal size along the length, which is normal for an oval plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this plate made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We are not able to confirm it. The product title, the SKU and the supplier's own category describe a sugarcane plate, while the supplier description calls it paperboard and a white paper plate throughout and never mentions sugarcane. Bagasse and paperboard are different materials with different disposal routes - bagasse composts under commercial conditions, coated paperboard is recycled. Because the two sources contradict each other we have published neither, and we would ask you not to repeat an environmental claim from this listing until it is confirmed. Contact our team and we will check with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC claim, but we have not published it. FSC certifies forest fibre, so the claim would be coherent for a paperboard plate and not for a sugarcane one - and the material itself is contradictory on this listing. We would rather leave it off than pass on a certification we cannot stand behind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many plates come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"500. The carton measures 360 x 290 x 410 mm and has a gross weight of 9.0 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it really 10 inches?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 264 x 200 mm, so the long axis is about 10.4 inches and the short axis about 7.9 inches. The 10 inch figure in the name refers to the nominal size along the length, which is normal for an oval plate.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353071907117,"sku":"PL-O10","price":72.04,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-10-inch-oval-disposable-plate-264-x-200-mm-pl-o10-carton-of-500-3218261.png?v=1788974421"},{"product_id":"pakmax-6-x-6-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-66-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax 6 x 6 Inch Sugarcane Clamshell CS-66 Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-66 is a 6 x 6 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell container, 152 x 152 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 500. The integrated lid closes over the base in one movement, and the container is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-66\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e152 x 152 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size - a burger, a pastry, a side or a small takeaway portion rather than a full main with sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the highest carton quantity of the four PakMax clamshells we carry, against 250 on the 9 x 6 and 200 on both 8 inch models. Cost per serve is not uniform across this range, so check the quantity per size rather than assuming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - note it is recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance - it is what keeps a saucy or greasy meal from softening the base before it reaches the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, single compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152 x 152 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 290 x 315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 315 mm with a gross weight of 11.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many containers come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive hundred. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 315 mm with a gross weight of 11.0 kg. That is the largest carton quantity of the four PakMax clamshells we carry - the 9 x 6 inch is 250 and both 8 inch models are 200 - so do not assume the range is uniform when you are working out cost per serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 44\/75 mm height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. The 8 x 8 inch CS-88 and the 3-compartment CS-883 record the same 44\/75 mm and the 9 x 6 inch CS-96 records 46\/80 mm. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many containers come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Five hundred. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 315 mm with a gross weight of 11.0 kg. That is the largest carton quantity of the four PakMax clamshells we carry - the 9 x 6 inch is 250 and both 8 inch models are 200 - so do not assume the range is uniform when you are working out cost per serve.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 44\/75 mm height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. The 8 x 8 inch CS-88 and the 3-compartment CS-883 record the same 44\/75 mm and the 9 x 6 inch CS-96 records 46\/80 mm. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353151435053,"sku":"CS-66","price":74.72,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-6-x-6-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-66-carton-of-500-6443669.png?v=1788974419"},{"product_id":"pakmax-8-x-8-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-88-carton-of-200","title":"PakMax 8 x 8 Inch Sugarcane Clamshell CS-88 Carton of 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-88 is an 8 x 8 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell container, 220 x 200 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 200. It is a single undivided compartment sized for a main meal, and it is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-88\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e220 x 200 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size - a burger and chips, a main meal, a wrap and sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne undivided compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e - if you need the meal separated, the CS-883 is the three-compartment version at the same 220 x 200 mm and the same carton quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the smallest carton quantity of the four PakMax clamshells we carry - the 6 x 6 inch is 500 and the 9 x 6 inch is 250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance - it is what keeps a saucy or greasy meal from softening the base before it reaches the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, single compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 290 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 200. The carton measures 450 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 8.1 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the CS-88 and the CS-883?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. The CS-88 is a single undivided compartment and the CS-883 has three. Every other figure the supplier records for the two is identical - the same 220 x 200 mm top, the same 44\/75 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 450 x 290 x 210 mm carton at 8.1 kg gross, and the same list price. That is plausible for a moulded divider that does not change the outside of the box, and the supplier's own photographs of the two do show the difference, but we are noting it because two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many containers come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hundred. The carton measures 450 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 8.1 kg. That is the smallest carton quantity in the PakMax clamshell range we carry, so the cost per serve works out differently from the 6 x 6 inch at 500.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 44\/75 mm height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the CS-88 and the CS-883?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. The CS-88 is a single undivided compartment and the CS-883 has three. Every other figure the supplier records for the two is identical - the same 220 x 200 mm top, the same 44\/75 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 450 x 290 x 210 mm carton at 8.1 kg gross, and the same list price. That is plausible for a moulded divider that does not change the outside of the box, and the supplier's own photographs of the two do show the difference, but we are noting it because two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many containers come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two hundred. The carton measures 450 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 8.1 kg. That is the smallest carton quantity in the PakMax clamshell range we carry, so the cost per serve works out differently from the 6 x 6 inch at 500.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 44\/75 mm height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353152319789,"sku":"CS-88","price":53.33,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-8-x-8-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-88-carton-of-200-1488819.png?v=1788974418"},{"product_id":"pakmax-8-inch-3-compartment-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-883-carton-of-200","title":"PakMax 8 Inch 3 Compartment Sugarcane Clamshell CS-883 Carton of 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-883 is an 8 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell with three compartments, 220 x 200 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 200. The divided base keeps a main and two sides apart inside a closed container, and it is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-883\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree compartments inside a hinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - a divided meal that still closes as one container - the sides do not run into the main in a delivery bag, and there is no second lid to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e220 x 200 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size, identical to the undivided CS-88\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same carton quantity as the CS-88, and the smallest of the four PakMax clamshells we carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance - it is what keeps a saucy or greasy meal from softening the base before it reaches the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-883\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-883\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-883\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, 3 compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 290 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 200. The carton measures 450 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 8.1 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the CS-883 and the CS-88?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. The CS-883 has three and the CS-88 is a single undivided compartment. Every other figure the supplier records for the two is identical - the same 220 x 200 mm top, the same 44\/75 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 450 x 290 x 210 mm carton at 8.1 kg gross, and the same list price. That is plausible for a moulded divider that does not change the outside of the box, and the supplier's own photographs of the two do show the difference, but we are noting it because two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does this listing have fewer photographs than the others?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause one of the supplier's three images for this SKU shows a different product - a two-compartment clamshell, not the three-compartment one you are buying. We check every supplier image against the product before we publish it, and we would rather show you two correct photographs than three where one is wrong. We have asked the supplier for a replacement. The two images shown are the correct three-compartment container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many containers come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hundred. The carton measures 450 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 8.1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the CS-883 and the CS-88?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. The CS-883 has three and the CS-88 is a single undivided compartment. Every other figure the supplier records for the two is identical - the same 220 x 200 mm top, the same 44\/75 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 450 x 290 x 210 mm carton at 8.1 kg gross, and the same list price. That is plausible for a moulded divider that does not change the outside of the box, and the supplier's own photographs of the two do show the difference, but we are noting it because two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does this listing have fewer photographs than the others?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Because one of the supplier's three images for this SKU shows a different product - a two-compartment clamshell, not the three-compartment one you are buying. We check every supplier image against the product before we publish it, and we would rather show you two correct photographs than three where one is wrong. We have asked the supplier for a replacement. The two images shown are the correct three-compartment container.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many containers come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two hundred. The carton measures 450 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 8.1 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353152385325,"sku":"CS-883","price":53.33,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-8-inch-3-compartment-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-883-carton-of-200-2739225.png?v=1788974416"},{"product_id":"pakmax-9-x-6-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-96-carton-of-250","title":"PakMax 9 x 6 Inch Sugarcane Clamshell CS-96 Carton of 250","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-96 is a 9 x 6 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell container, 230 x 158 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 250. It is a single undivided rectangular compartment, recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-96\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e230 x 158 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size - a rectangular footprint that suits a roll, a wrap, a sandwich or a medium meal better than a square box does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne undivided compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e - the full 230 x 158 mm is usable as a single space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - between the 6 x 6 inch at 500 and both 8 inch models at 200 - the carton quantity is different at every size in this range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance - it is what keeps a saucy or greasy meal from softening the base before it reaches the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, single compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 x 158 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\/80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 290 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 250. The carton measures 470 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this container divided?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The CS-96 is a single undivided compartment, 230 x 158 mm across the top. If you need a divided meal, the CS-883 in the same range is a three-compartment clamshell, though it is square at 220 x 200 mm rather than rectangular.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does this listing have one photograph rather than three?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause two of the supplier's three images for this SKU show a different product - a two-compartment clamshell, not the undivided one you are buying. We check every supplier image against the product before we publish it, and we would rather show you one correct photograph than three where two are wrong. We have asked the supplier for replacements. The image shown is the correct undivided container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many containers come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hundred and fifty. The carton measures 470 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.0 kg. Every size in this clamshell range has a different carton quantity - 500 at 6 x 6 inch, 250 here, and 200 on both 8 inch models - so it is worth checking rather than assuming when you work out cost per serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 46\/80 mm height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. The three other clamshells in this range record 44\/75 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this container divided?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The CS-96 is a single undivided compartment, 230 x 158 mm across the top. If you need a divided meal, the CS-883 in the same range is a three-compartment clamshell, though it is square at 220 x 200 mm rather than rectangular.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does this listing have one photograph rather than three?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Because two of the supplier's three images for this SKU show a different product - a two-compartment clamshell, not the undivided one you are buying. We check every supplier image against the product before we publish it, and we would rather show you one correct photograph than three where two are wrong. We have asked the supplier for replacements. The image shown is the correct undivided container.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many containers come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two hundred and fifty. The carton measures 470 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.0 kg. Every size in this clamshell range has a different carton quantity - 500 at 6 x 6 inch, 250 here, and 200 on both 8 inch models - so it is worth checking rather than assuming when you work out cost per serve.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 46\/80 mm height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. The three other clamshells in this range record 44\/75 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353152418093,"sku":"CS-96","price":53.61,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-9-x-6-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-96-carton-of-250-7265441.png?v=1788974414"},{"product_id":"pakmax-32-oz-deep-sugarcane-bowl-db-196-32w-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax 32 oz Deep Sugarcane Bowl DB-196-32W Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax DB-196-32W is a 32 oz deep sugarcane bowl, 196 mm across the brim and 63 mm high, supplied in a carton of 500. The deep, wide shape suits bowl food - curries, noodles, soups, pasta and large salads - and it is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the DB-196-32W\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 oz brim fill capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - brim fill is the absolute capacity, not the practical serving volume - allow headroom for anything with sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e196 mm across the brim, 63 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size. Deep and wide rather than shallow: a shallow tray spreads a curry thin and it cools faster, a deep bowl holds it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the DB-LID\u003c\/strong\u003e - the clear PET lid that also fits the 24 oz and 40 oz bowls in this range, sold separately and also 500 to a carton, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - note it is recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the inner surface resists softening with saucy and oily food, which is exactly what bowl food is\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume storage space, and stacking shape decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-196-32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-196-32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-196-32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep sugarcane bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 290 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food - curries, noodles, soups, pasta, salads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-LID, sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits restaurants, cafes, caterers and takeaway venues serving bowl food - curry houses, noodle bars, poke and salad operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 550 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 13.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DB-LID, a clear recyclable PET lid sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. The supplier lists it as fitting the 24 oz, 32 oz and 40 oz deep bowls, so one lid covers the whole range. It is also supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly. One thing to note when you compare the figures: this bowl records 196 mm across the brim and the lid records 214 mm, because the lid seats over the rim rather than inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the 32 oz compare with the 40 oz bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DB-198-40W is the larger bowl at 40 oz and it is listed in our PakMax range. It is also 500 to a carton, but its carton is heavier at 15.5 kg against 13.0 kg here, and the supplier records no brim diameter for it at all where this bowl records 196 mm. Both take the same DB-LID.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this bowl as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does 32 oz actually hold in service?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThirty-two ounces is the brim fill figure, which is the bowl filled to the very top. In practice you want headroom, particularly for anything with liquid, so treat it as a generous main-meal bowl rather than a measured 32 oz serve. If you are portioning to a spec, test it with your own recipe before you order a pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The DB-LID, a clear recyclable PET lid sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. The supplier lists it as fitting the 24 oz, 32 oz and 40 oz deep bowls, so one lid covers the whole range. It is also supplied 500 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly. One thing to note when you compare the figures: this bowl records 196 mm across the brim and the lid records 214 mm, because the lid seats over the rim rather than inside it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does the 32 oz compare with the 40 oz bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The DB-198-40W is the larger bowl at 40 oz and it is listed in our PakMax range. It is also 500 to a carton, but its carton is heavier at 15.5 kg against 13.0 kg here, and the supplier records no brim diameter for it at all where this bowl records 196 mm. Both take the same DB-LID.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this bowl as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does 32 oz actually hold in service?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Thirty-two ounces is the brim fill figure, which is the bowl filled to the very top. In practice you want headroom, particularly for anything with liquid, so treat it as a generous main-meal bowl rather than a measured 32 oz serve. If you are portioning to a spec, test it with your own recipe before you order a pallet.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353152745773,"sku":"DB-196-32W","price":99.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-32-oz-deep-sugarcane-bowl-db-196-32w-carton-of-500-1475154.png?v=1788974415"},{"product_id":"pakmax-pet-lid-for-24-32-and-40-oz-deep-bowls-db-lid-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax PET Lid for 24 32 and 40 oz Deep Bowls DB-LID Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax DB-LID is a clear recyclable PET lid for the PakMax deep bowl range, recorded at 214 mm diameter and 29 mm high, supplied in a carton of 500. The supplier lists it as fitting the 24 oz, 32 oz and 40 oz deep bowls, and the clear dome keeps the contents visible for display or delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the DB-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits three bowl sizes on one SKU\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the 24 oz DB-196-24W, the 32 oz DB-196-32W and the 40 oz DB-198-40W, so a single lid line covers the whole deep bowl range rather than one lid per size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear PET, so the food sells itself\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents stay visible through the lid, which is what a grab-and-go fridge or a delivery handover needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e214 mm diameter, 29 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid's own recorded size. See the FAQ below on how that compares to the 32 oz bowl's recorded 196 mm brim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - polyethylene terephthalate is one of the more widely accepted kerbside plastics - though this is a recycling claim, not a compostability one, and it is a different material from the sugarcane bowls it covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrack resistant rather than flexible\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates PET for rigidity in transport, which matters on a lid that has to stay seated on a full bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - leak resistant in handling and transport rather than an airtight seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear snap-fit lid for deep bowls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax DB-196-24W (24 oz), DB-196-32W (32 oz) and DB-198-40W (40 oz) deep bowls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e214 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 x 290 x 415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier - see FAQ)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits grab-and-go retail, poke and salad bars, noodle and curry takeaway and delivery kitchens that need the contents visible through the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 610 x 290 x 415 mm with a gross weight of 10.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the DB-LID actually fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states it is designed for the PakMax 24 oz, 32 oz and 40 oz deep bowls, which it names as the DB-196-24W, DB-196-32W and DB-198-40W, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 214 mm diameter, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 196 mm across the brim (recorded on the 32 oz DB-196-32W, which is listed in our PakMax range; the 40 oz bowl records no diameter of its own). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers in both axes, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bowls does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists the DB-196-24W at 24 oz, the DB-196-32W at 32 oz and the DB-198-40W at 40 oz. All three are deep bowls in the same PakMax range and all three share the same lid, which is the point of it. Both the 32 oz and 40 oz bowls are listed in our PakMax range; ask our team about the 24 oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the lid compostable like the bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and this is worth being clear about because the bowl and the lid are different materials with different disposal routes. The deep bowls are sugarcane fibre described as recyclable; this lid is PET plastic, also described as recyclable, but PET goes into a plastics stream and fibre does not. If your venue separates waste, the lid and the bowl do not go in the same place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive hundred. The carton measures 610 x 290 x 415 mm with a gross weight of 10.0 kg. That is the same carton quantity as the 32 oz and 40 oz bowls it fits, so the pair orders one for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the DB-LID actually fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier states it is designed for the PakMax 24 oz, 32 oz and 40 oz deep bowls, which it names as the DB-196-24W, DB-196-32W and DB-198-40W, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 214 mm diameter, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 196 mm across the brim (recorded on the 32 oz DB-196-32W, which is listed in our PakMax range; the 40 oz bowl records no diameter of its own). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers in both axes, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which bowls does it fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier lists the DB-196-24W at 24 oz, the DB-196-32W at 32 oz and the DB-198-40W at 40 oz. All three are deep bowls in the same PakMax range and all three share the same lid, which is the point of it. Both the 32 oz and 40 oz bowls are listed in our PakMax range; ask our team about the 24 oz.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the lid compostable like the bowls?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, and this is worth being clear about because the bowl and the lid are different materials with different disposal routes. The deep bowls are sugarcane fibre described as recyclable; this lid is PET plastic, also described as recyclable, but PET goes into a plastics stream and fibre does not. If your venue separates waste, the lid and the bowl do not go in the same place.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Five hundred. The carton measures 610 x 290 x 415 mm with a gross weight of 10.0 kg. That is the same carton quantity as the 32 oz and 40 oz bowls it fits, so the pair orders one for one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353153171757,"sku":"DB-LID","price":85.69,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-pet-lid-for-24-32-and-40-oz-deep-bowls-db-lid-carton-of-500-6422713.png?v=1788974415"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-3-compartment-food-container-fc-31-s-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax Sugarcane 3 Compartment Food Container FC-31-S Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax FC-31-S is a small three-compartment food container made from sugarcane bagasse fibre, 222 x 192 mm across the top and 41 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 300. It is compostable under commercial conditions, oil and moisture resistant and takes the FC-S-LID.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FC-31-S\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e - the fibre left after sugar is extracted, so the raw material is a by-product rather than a crop grown for packaging - the supplier states this explicitly for this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e - the qualifier matters and we are keeping it. Commercially compostable is not the same as home compostable, and it only works if commercial composting is actually available to you or your customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree compartments, 222 x 192 mm overall\u003c\/strong\u003e - mains, sides and sauces stay separate, which is what makes portion control possible and stops a wet component running into a dry one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per meal is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the FC-S-LID\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same lid fits this container and the four-compartment FC-41-S, so you carry one lid SKU across both trays. It is sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - naturally, without a plastic lining - which is what allows it to stay compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - storage space in a busy kitchen is finite and disposables consume a lot of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-31-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-31-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-31-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostable food container, 3 compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e222 x 192 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e525 x 290 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-S-LID, sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits caterers, school and workplace meal programs, meal-prep operations and takeaway kitchens serving a main with separate sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 525 x 290 x 400 mm with a gross weight of 10.4 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the FC-31-S and the FC-41-S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compartment count. This one has three and the FC-41-S has four. Every other figure the supplier records is effectively identical - both are 222 x 192 mm across the top, both 41 mm deep, both 300 per carton at 10.4 kg gross, and the cartons differ by 5 mm in width alone (525 against 520). The same FC-S-LID fits both. Choose on how you want the meal divided rather than on size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FC-S-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. It fits both this three-compartment container and the four-compartment FC-41-S, and it is also supplied 300 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this container as compostable under commercial conditions, and that is what we have published. Note it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane clamshells in the same range, which the supplier describes as recyclable. Commercial composting and recycling are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Commercially compostable also is not the same as home compostable - check what your venue and your customers actually have access to before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the FC-31-S and the FC-41-S?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The compartment count. This one has three and the FC-41-S has four. Every other figure the supplier records is effectively identical - both are 222 x 192 mm across the top, both 41 mm deep, both 300 per carton at 10.4 kg gross, and the cartons differ by 5 mm in width alone (525 against 520). The same FC-S-LID fits both. Choose on how you want the meal divided rather than on size.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this container?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The FC-S-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. It fits both this three-compartment container and the four-compartment FC-41-S, and it is also supplied 300 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this container as compostable under commercial conditions, and that is what we have published. Note it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane clamshells in the same range, which the supplier describes as recyclable. Commercial composting and recycling are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Commercially compostable also is not the same as home compostable - check what your venue and your customers actually have access to before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353153204525,"sku":"FC-31-S","price":86.14,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-3-compartment-food-container-fc-31-s-carton-of-300-7220634.png?v=1788974414"},{"product_id":"pakmax-sugarcane-4-compartment-food-container-fc-41-s-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax Sugarcane 4 Compartment Food Container FC-41-S Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax FC-41-S is a small four-compartment food container made from sugarcane bagasse fibre, 222 x 192 mm across the top and 41 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 300. It is compostable under commercial conditions, oil and moisture resistant and takes the FC-S-LID.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FC-41-S\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from sugarcane bagasse\u003c\/strong\u003e - the fibre left after sugar is extracted, so the raw material is a by-product rather than a crop grown for packaging - the supplier states this explicitly for this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e - the qualifier matters and we are keeping it. Commercially compostable is not the same as home compostable, and it only works if commercial composting is actually available to you or your customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour compartments, 222 x 192 mm overall\u003c\/strong\u003e - a main plus three separated sides or condiments in the same footprint as the three-compartment FC-31-S - the divisions are smaller, not the tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per meal is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the FC-S-LID\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same lid fits this container and the three-compartment FC-31-S, so you carry one lid SKU across both trays. It is sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - naturally, without a plastic lining - which is what allows it to stay compostable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - storage space in a busy kitchen is finite and disposables consume a lot of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-41-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-41-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-41-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostable food container, 4 compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e222 x 192 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 290 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane bagasse fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompostable under commercial conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-S-LID, sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits caterers, school and workplace meal programs, meal-prep operations and takeaway kitchens serving a main with separate sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 520 x 290 x 400 mm with a gross weight of 10.4 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the FC-41-S and the FC-31-S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compartment count. This one has four and the FC-31-S has three. Every other figure the supplier records is effectively identical - both are 222 x 192 mm across the top, both 41 mm deep, both 300 per carton at 10.4 kg gross, and the cartons differ by 5 mm in width alone (520 against 525). The same FC-S-LID fits both. Choose on how you want the meal divided rather than on size - a fourth compartment means four smaller sections, not a bigger tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FC-S-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. It fits both this four-compartment container and the three-compartment FC-31-S, and it is also supplied 300 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this container as compostable under commercial conditions, and that is what we have published. Note it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane clamshells in the same range, which the supplier describes as recyclable. Commercial composting and recycling are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Commercially compostable also is not the same as home compostable - check what your venue and your customers actually have access to before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the FC-41-S and the FC-31-S?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The compartment count. This one has four and the FC-31-S has three. Every other figure the supplier records is effectively identical - both are 222 x 192 mm across the top, both 41 mm deep, both 300 per carton at 10.4 kg gross, and the cartons differ by 5 mm in width alone (520 against 525). The same FC-S-LID fits both. Choose on how you want the meal divided rather than on size - a fourth compartment means four smaller sections, not a bigger tray.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this container?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The FC-S-LID, sold separately and listed in our PakMax range. It fits both this four-compartment container and the three-compartment FC-31-S, and it is also supplied 300 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this container as compostable under commercial conditions, and that is what we have published. Note it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane clamshells in the same range, which the supplier describes as recyclable. Commercial composting and recycling are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Commercially compostable also is not the same as home compostable - check what your venue and your customers actually have access to before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353153270061,"sku":"FC-41-S","price":86.03,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-sugarcane-4-compartment-food-container-fc-41-s-carton-of-300-5230445.png?v=1788974415"},{"product_id":"pakmax-lid-for-small-food-container-fc-s-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax Lid for Small Food Container FC-S-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax FC-S-LID is a snap-fit lid for the PakMax small food containers, recorded at 229 x 199 mm and 16 mm high, supplied in a carton of 300. One lid covers both the three-compartment FC-31-S and the four-compartment FC-41-S, so a single lid SKU serves both trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FC-S-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne lid for both container layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e - it fits the three-compartment FC-31-S and the four-compartment FC-41-S, so you hold one lid SKU rather than two - that is one line on the order, one place on the shelf and no risk of pairing the wrong lid at the pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e229 x 199 mm, 16 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid's own recorded size. See the FAQ below on how that compares to the containers' recorded 222 x 192 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same carton quantity as both containers it fits, so one carton of each pairs up exactly with nothing left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak-resistant snap fit\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - it reduces spills and cross-contamination in transit rather than sealing the container airtight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps its shape stacked\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates it for stacking, storage and delivery, which is what a covered meal has to survive between packing and service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this lid by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial is not recorded on this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier states no material for this lid at all - see the FAQ before making an environmental claim of your own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-S-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-S-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFC-S-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnap-fit lid for small food containers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax FC-31-S and FC-41-S small food containers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e229 x 199 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 x 290 x 415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits caterers, meal-prep operations, school programs and takeaway kitchens that need the meal covered and stackable between packing and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 510 x 290 x 415 mm with a gross weight of 7.1 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the FC-S-LID actually fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states it is designed for the PakMax small food containers, which are the three-compartment FC-31-S and the four-compartment FC-41-S, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 229 x 199 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 222 x 192 mm (recorded on both containers, and both are listed in our PakMax range). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers in both axes, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this lid made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records no material for this lid at all. That is an absence rather than a contradiction, so we have not inferred one. Two things point towards a moulded fibre lid rather than clear plastic - the recorded colour is Natural Off-White, which matches the fibre range and not the clear PET lids, and the supplier's own photograph shows a matte moulded lid. But that is evidence, not confirmation, and we would rather tell you the record is blank than fill it in. Ask our team and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does one lid really fit both containers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is what the supplier states - the FC-S-LID is described as a lid for the PakMax small food containers covering both the three-compartment and four-compartment layouts, and both containers record the same 222 x 192 mm top. It makes sense: the compartments are moulded into the base, so the rim the lid seats on is the same either way. Both containers and this lid are supplied 300 to a carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the FC-S-LID actually fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier states it is designed for the PakMax small food containers, which are the three-compartment FC-31-S and the four-compartment FC-41-S, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 229 x 199 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 222 x 192 mm (recorded on both containers, and both are listed in our PakMax range). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers in both axes, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this lid made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records no material for this lid at all. That is an absence rather than a contradiction, so we have not inferred one. Two things point towards a moulded fibre lid rather than clear plastic - the recorded colour is Natural Off-White, which matches the fibre range and not the clear PET lids, and the supplier's own photograph shows a matte moulded lid. But that is evidence, not confirmation, and we would rather tell you the record is blank than fill it in. Ask our team and we will check with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does one lid really fit both containers?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is what the supplier states - the FC-S-LID is described as a lid for the PakMax small food containers covering both the three-compartment and four-compartment layouts, and both containers record the same 222 x 192 mm top. It makes sense: the compartments are moulded into the base, so the rim the lid seats on is the same either way. Both containers and this lid are supplied 300 to a carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353153335597,"sku":"FC-S-LID","price":61.63,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-lid-for-small-food-container-fc-s-lid-carton-of-300-1607686.png?v=1788974413"},{"product_id":"pakmax-lid-for-6-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-61-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax Lid for 6 Compartment Lunch Tray LT-61-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax LT-61-LID is a snap-fit lid for the PakMax LT-61 six-compartment lunch tray, recorded at 287 x 227 mm and 11.5 mm high, supplied in a carton of 300 - the same carton quantity as the tray, so the pair orders one for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the LT-61-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the LT-61 six-compartment lunch tray\u003c\/strong\u003e - the tray is listed separately in our PakMax range, and both the tray and this lid are supplied 300 to a carton, so one carton of each pairs up exactly with nothing left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e287 x 227 mm, 11.5 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid's own recorded size. See the FAQ below on how that compares to the tray's recorded 281 x 221 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak-resistant snap fit\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - it reduces spills and cross-contamination in transit rather than sealing the tray airtight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnly 11.5 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the flattest lid in this PakMax range, so a covered six-compartment meal still stacks close in a delivery bag or a chiller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this lid by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial is not recorded on this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier states no material for this lid at all - see the FAQ before making an environmental claim of your own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-61-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-61-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLT-61-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnap-fit lid for a 6-compartment lunch tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax LT-61 six-compartment lunch tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e287 x 227 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 x 290 x 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits caterers, meal-prep operations, school programs and takeaway kitchens that need the meal covered and stackable between packing and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 560 x 290 x 250 mm with a gross weight of 9.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the LT-61-LID actually fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states it is designed for PakMax six-compartment lunch trays, which is the LT-61 in this range, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 287 x 227 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 281 x 221 mm (recorded on the LT-61 tray, which is listed in our PakMax range). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers in both axes, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this lid made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records no material for this lid at all. That is an absence rather than a contradiction, so we have not inferred one. Two things point towards a moulded fibre lid rather than clear plastic - the recorded colour is Natural Off-White, which matches the fibre range and not the clear PET lids, and the supplier's own photograph shows a matte moulded lid. But that is evidence, not confirmation, and we would rather tell you the record is blank than fill it in. Ask our team and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it fit the five-compartment LT-51 as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe are not able to say that it does. The supplier describes this lid for six-compartment lunch trays specifically, and there is a separate LT-51-LID for the five-compartment tray. Both trays happen to record the same 281 x 221 mm top, but the two lids are recorded at different sizes - 287 x 227 mm here against 290 x 229 mm for the LT-51-LID - so we have not assumed they are interchangeable. Order the lid that matches your tray, or ask our team for a sample if you want to test it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree hundred, which is the same carton quantity as the LT-61 tray itself. The carton measures 560 x 290 x 250 mm with a gross weight of 9.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the LT-61-LID actually fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier states it is designed for PakMax six-compartment lunch trays, which is the LT-61 in this range, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 287 x 227 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 281 x 221 mm (recorded on the LT-61 tray, which is listed in our PakMax range). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers in both axes, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is this lid made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records no material for this lid at all. That is an absence rather than a contradiction, so we have not inferred one. Two things point towards a moulded fibre lid rather than clear plastic - the recorded colour is Natural Off-White, which matches the fibre range and not the clear PET lids, and the supplier's own photograph shows a matte moulded lid. But that is evidence, not confirmation, and we would rather tell you the record is blank than fill it in. Ask our team and we will check with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it fit the five-compartment LT-51 as well?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We are not able to say that it does. The supplier describes this lid for six-compartment lunch trays specifically, and there is a separate LT-51-LID for the five-compartment tray. Both trays happen to record the same 281 x 221 mm top, but the two lids are recorded at different sizes - 287 x 227 mm here against 290 x 229 mm for the LT-51-LID - so we have not assumed they are interchangeable. Order the lid that matches your tray, or ask our team for a sample if you want to test it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three hundred, which is the same carton quantity as the LT-61 tray itself. The carton measures 560 x 290 x 250 mm with a gross weight of 9.5 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353153368365,"sku":"LT-61-LID","price":75.33,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-lid-for-6-compartment-lunch-tray-lt-61-lid-carton-of-300-9708719.png?v=1788974413"},{"product_id":"pakmax-9-x-6-inch-2-compartment-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-962-carton-of-250","title":"PakMax 9 x 6 Inch 2 Compartment Sugarcane Clamshell CS-962 Carton of 250","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-962 is a 9 x 6 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell with two compartments, 251 x 166 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 250. The divided base keeps a main and one side apart inside a container that still closes as one piece, and it is finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-962\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo compartments inside a hinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - a main and one side kept apart in a container that still closes as a single piece - nothing to match up at the pass and no second lid to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e251 x 166 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size. Note this is LARGER than the undivided 9 x 6 inch CS-96, which records 230 x 158 mm, so the two are not the same shell with a divider added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same carton quantity as the undivided CS-96, though this one ships in a bigger carton at 525 x 290 x 260 mm against 470 x 290 x 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-962\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-962\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-962\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, 2 compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e251 x 166 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\/63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e525 x 290 x 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT PUBLISHED - see the FAQ on this product's description\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 250. The carton measures 525 x 290 x 260 mm with a gross weight of 8.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does this page not repeat the supplier's product description?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the supplier's description for this SKU is not about this product. It opens by describing a 1oz sauce cup and claims the item is designed to fit 1oz Sauce Cup Lids sold separately. This is a hinged two-compartment clamshell with the lid built into it, so that copy belongs to a different product - the PakMax SC-62-1, which is a sauce cup we also stock. The structured specification block on the supplier page IS this product's data, and we have published all of it. What we have not done is republish claims that exist only in that misplaced prose. We have raised it with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is this different from the CS-96?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CS-96 is the undivided version of the 9 x 6 inch clamshell, and it is genuinely a different shell rather than the same box with a divider. This CS-962 records a 251 x 166 mm top against the CS-96 at 230 x 158 mm, a 47\/63 mm height against 46\/80 mm, and a bigger carton at the same 250 per carton. That is worth knowing, because two other compartment pairs in this range - the 8 inch CS-88 and CS-883, and the 9 x 9 inch CS-99 and CS-993 - do record identical figures to their undivided twins. This pair does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 47\/63 mm height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. Every hinged clamshell in this range records its height the same way. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does this page not repeat the supplier's product description?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Because the supplier's description for this SKU is not about this product. It opens by describing a 1oz sauce cup and claims the item is designed to fit 1oz Sauce Cup Lids sold separately. This is a hinged two-compartment clamshell with the lid built into it, so that copy belongs to a different product - the PakMax SC-62-1, which is a sauce cup we also stock. The structured specification block on the supplier page IS this product's data, and we have published all of it. What we have not done is republish claims that exist only in that misplaced prose. We have raised it with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is this different from the CS-96?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The CS-96 is the undivided version of the 9 x 6 inch clamshell, and it is genuinely a different shell rather than the same box with a divider. This CS-962 records a 251 x 166 mm top against the CS-96 at 230 x 158 mm, a 47\/63 mm height against 46\/80 mm, and a bigger carton at the same 250 per carton. That is worth knowing, because two other compartment pairs in this range - the 8 inch CS-88 and CS-883, and the 9 x 9 inch CS-99 and CS-993 - do record identical figures to their undivided twins. This pair does not.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 47\/63 mm height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. Every hinged clamshell in this range records its height the same way. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359467958573,"sku":"CS-962","price":58.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-9-x-6-inch-2-compartment-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-962-carton-of-250-4547033.png?v=1789147936"},{"product_id":"pakmax-9-x-9-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-99-carton-of-200","title":"PakMax 9 x 9 Inch Sugarcane Clamshell CS-99 Carton of 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-99 is a 9 x 9 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell container, 235 x 230 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 200. It is a single undivided compartment sized for a large main or a combo plate, and it is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-99\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e235 x 230 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size and the largest clamshell footprint in the PakMax range we carry - a full main with sides, a mixed grill, a large combo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne undivided compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e - if you need the meal separated, the CS-993 is the three-compartment version at the same recorded size and the same carton quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same quantity as both 8 inch models. Carton quantity is not uniform across this range - the 6 x 6 inch is 500 and the 9 x 6 inch is 250 - so check it per size rather than assuming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance - it is what keeps a saucy or greasy meal from softening the base before it reaches the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, single compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 x 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\/80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 290 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 200. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.9 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the CS-99 and the CS-993?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. The CS-99 is a single undivided compartment and the CS-993 has three. Every other figure the supplier records for the two is identical - the same 235 x 230 mm top, the same 50\/80 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 480 x 290 x 240 mm carton at 8.9 kg gross, and the same list price. That is plausible for a moulded divider that does not change the outside of the box, and it is the same pattern the 8 inch CS-88 and CS-883 show, but we are noting it because two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many containers come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hundred. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.9 kg. Carton quantity is not uniform across the PakMax clamshells we carry - the 6 x 6 inch is 500 and the 9 x 6 inch is 250 - so work out cost per serve from the quantity for the size you are actually buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 50\/80 mm height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the CS-99 and the CS-993?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. The CS-99 is a single undivided compartment and the CS-993 has three. Every other figure the supplier records for the two is identical - the same 235 x 230 mm top, the same 50\/80 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 480 x 290 x 240 mm carton at 8.9 kg gross, and the same list price. That is plausible for a moulded divider that does not change the outside of the box, and it is the same pattern the 8 inch CS-88 and CS-883 show, but we are noting it because two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many containers come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two hundred. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.9 kg. Carton quantity is not uniform across the PakMax clamshells we carry - the 6 x 6 inch is 500 and the 9 x 6 inch is 250 - so work out cost per serve from the quantity for the size you are actually buying.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 50\/80 mm height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359474381101,"sku":"CS-99","price":59.48,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-9-x-9-inch-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-99-carton-of-200-1760919.png?v=1789147936"},{"product_id":"pakmax-9-x-9-inch-3-compartment-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-993-carton-of-200","title":"PakMax 9 x 9 Inch 3 Compartment Sugarcane Clamshell CS-993 Carton of 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax CS-993 is a 9 x 9 inch hinged sugarcane clamshell with three compartments, 235 x 230 mm across the top, supplied in a carton of 200. The divided base keeps a main and two sides apart inside a closed container, and it is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CS-993\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree compartments inside a hinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - a divided meal that still closes as one container - the sides do not run into the main in a delivery bag, and there is no second lid to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e235 x 230 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size, identical to the undivided CS-99 and the largest clamshell footprint in the PakMax range we carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same carton quantity as the CS-99 and both 8 inch models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance, and it matters more on a divided container because a sauce sitting in one compartment has a corner to soften\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged clamshell lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the lid is part of the container, so there is no second SKU to order, nothing to match up at the pass and nothing to run out of separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-993\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-993\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCS-993\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinged clamshell container, 3 compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 x 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\/80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 290 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers and delivery kitchens packing hot or cold meals that have to travel closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 200. The carton measures 480 x 290 x 240 mm with a gross weight of 8.9 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does this product have fewer photographs than usual?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause one of the three images the supplier publishes against this SKU shows an undivided container, not a three-compartment one. It is the same photograph the supplier also serves on the undivided CS-99 and on the 8 x 8 inch CS-88, and we checked that by comparing the image files themselves rather than their filenames. We have not attached it. You are seeing the images we could confirm show this product, and we have asked the supplier for a correct one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the CS-993 and the CS-99?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. This one has three; the CS-99 is a single undivided compartment. Every other figure the supplier records is identical - the same 235 x 230 mm top, the same 50\/80 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 480 x 290 x 240 mm carton at 8.9 kg gross, and the same list price. A moulded divider does not change the outside of the box, so that is plausible, but two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 50\/80 mm height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does this product have fewer photographs than usual?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Because one of the three images the supplier publishes against this SKU shows an undivided container, not a three-compartment one. It is the same photograph the supplier also serves on the undivided CS-99 and on the 8 x 8 inch CS-88, and we checked that by comparing the image files themselves rather than their filenames. We have not attached it. You are seeing the images we could confirm show this product, and we have asked the supplier for a correct one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the CS-993 and the CS-99?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The compartments, and nothing else that is recorded. This one has three; the CS-99 is a single undivided compartment. Every other figure the supplier records is identical - the same 235 x 230 mm top, the same 50\/80 mm height, the same 200 per carton, the same 480 x 290 x 240 mm carton at 8.9 kg gross, and the same list price. A moulded divider does not change the outside of the box, so that is plausible, but two products agreeing on every number is worth knowing about.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 50\/80 mm height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That is exactly how the supplier records it, as two figures separated by a slash with no explanation of which is which. We have published it as recorded rather than choosing one. If the exact closed height matters for your bags or shelving, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359474544941,"sku":"CS-993","price":59.48,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-9-x-9-inch-3-compartment-sugarcane-clamshell-cs-993-carton-of-200-7631835.png?v=1789147936"},{"product_id":"pakmax-24-oz-deep-sugarcane-bowl-db-196-24w-carton-of-500","title":"PakMax 24 oz Deep Sugarcane Bowl DB-196-24W Carton of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax DB-196-24W is a 24 oz deep sugarcane bowl, 196 mm across the brim and 48.73 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 500. It takes the same DB-LID as the 32 oz and 40 oz bowls in the range, and it is recyclable, oil and moisture resistant and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the DB-196-24W\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 oz brim fill capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded capacity - soups, noodles, curries, poke and salad portions that need depth rather than width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e196 mm across the brim\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same brim diameter as the 32 oz DB-196-32W, so the two share a lid and a footprint. The capacity difference is depth: this one is 48.73 mm against 63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the DB-LID\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own lid listing names this bowl, the 32 oz and the 40 oz as the three it fits, so one lid SKU covers the whole deep-bowl range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same carton quantity as the 32 oz bowl and the DB-LID, which makes ordering the bowl and lid together straightforward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated resistance - what keeps a hot, saucy bowl meal from softening the base before service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-196-24W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-196-24W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-196-24W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.73 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 x 290 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil and moisture resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB-LID (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits restaurants, cafes, caterers and takeaway venues serving bowl food - curry houses, noodle bars, poke and salad operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 500. The carton measures 430 x 290 x 210 mm with a gross weight of 11.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DB-LID. We can say that with confidence rather than inferring it from the diameter, because the supplier's own listing for the lid names this bowl explicitly alongside the 32 oz and 40 oz models as the three it is made for. The lid is recorded at 214 mm across against this bowl's 196 mm brim, which is the overlap a snap-over lid needs. One thing to be aware of: the lid is PET plastic while the bowl is sugarcane fibre, so they do not go into the same waste stream.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is this different from the 32 oz bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepth, and only depth, as far as the recorded figures go. Both bowls are 196 mm across the brim and both come 500 to a carton. This 24 oz records 48.73 mm deep; the 32 oz records 63 mm. They ship in different cartons - 430 x 290 x 210 mm at 11.5 kg here against 550 x 290 x 210 mm at 13.0 kg - and both take the same DB-LID.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes it as suitable for hot or cold meals and as oil and moisture resistant, and that is what we have published. No maximum temperature is recorded against this SKU, so we cannot give you a figure. If you are holding food hot for an extended period rather than packing and handing over, ask our team to get the limit from the supplier before you commit to a carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The DB-LID. We can say that with confidence rather than inferring it from the diameter, because the supplier's own listing for the lid names this bowl explicitly alongside the 32 oz and 40 oz models as the three it is made for. The lid is recorded at 214 mm across against this bowl's 196 mm brim, which is the overlap a snap-over lid needs. One thing to be aware of: the lid is PET plastic while the bowl is sugarcane fibre, so they do not go into the same waste stream.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is this different from the 32 oz bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Depth, and only depth, as far as the recorded figures go. Both bowls are 196 mm across the brim and both come 500 to a carton. This 24 oz records 48.73 mm deep; the 32 oz records 63 mm. They ship in different cartons - 430 x 290 x 210 mm at 11.5 kg here against 550 x 290 x 210 mm at 13.0 kg - and both take the same DB-LID.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes it as suitable for hot or cold meals and as oil and moisture resistant, and that is what we have published. No maximum temperature is recorded against this SKU, so we cannot give you a figure. If you are holding food hot for an extended period rather than packing and handing over, ask our team to get the limit from the supplier before you commit to a carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359474741549,"sku":"DB-196-24W","price":87.32,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-24-oz-deep-sugarcane-bowl-db-196-24w-carton-of-500-8507766.png?v=1789147936"},{"product_id":"pakmax-4-oz-sugarcane-portion-cup-pc-75-4-carton-of-2000","title":"PakMax 4 oz Sugarcane Portion Cup PC-75-4 Carton of 2000","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PC-75-4 is a 4 oz sugarcane portion cup, 75 mm across the top and 48 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 2,000. It takes the PakMax PCL-75-4 PET lid, sold separately, and it is recyclable and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PC-75-4\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz brim fill capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded capacity - a served portion of sauce, a dip, a dressing or a small side rather than a taster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size. Note the matching PCL-75-4 lid records its own top as 78 mm - the lid is meant to be the larger of the two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - nearly three times the depth of the 1 oz sauce cup in the same range, which is where the capacity comes from rather than a wider mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - a bulk carton - roughly eight times the quantity of the PakMax clamshell cartons in the same range. Worth checking against your storage before ordering, because cost per serve and carton footprint move in opposite directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC-75-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC-75-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC-75-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortion cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 290 x 315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax PCL-75-4 PET lid (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers, delivery kitchens and any venue portioning sauces, dressings or dips away from the main container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 2,000. The carton measures 400 x 290 x 315 mm with a gross weight of 9.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PCL-75-4, sold separately. The supplier states the cup is designed to take the 4 oz portion cup lid, and the PCL-75-4 is that lid. Worth knowing before you compare the numbers: the lid records its own top as 78 mm while this cup records 75 mm. The lid is meant to sit over the rim, so the larger figure is expected rather than a mismatch. Ask our team if you want a sample of the pair before committing to full cartons of each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is this different from the 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize and lid, and they are not interchangeable. The sauce cups record a 62 mm top and take the SCL-62-12 lid; this portion cup records 75 mm and takes the PCL-75-4. Depth differs too - 48 mm here against 17 mm on the 1 oz and 30 mm on the 2 oz. If you order lids by ounces rather than by the lid SKU you will get lids that do not seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is 2,000 per carton right?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - that is the quantity the supplier records, and the carton weighs 9.5 kg gross, which works out at a little under 5 g per cup. It is a bulk carton measuring 400 x 290 x 315 mm, so check your storage before ordering. Carton quantities across this PakMax range vary from 150 to 2,000, so it is worth reading the figure per product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PakMax PCL-75-4, sold separately. The supplier states the cup is designed to take the 4 oz portion cup lid, and the PCL-75-4 is that lid. Worth knowing before you compare the numbers: the lid records its own top as 78 mm while this cup records 75 mm. The lid is meant to sit over the rim, so the larger figure is expected rather than a mismatch. Ask our team if you want a sample of the pair before committing to full cartons of each.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is this different from the 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Size and lid, and they are not interchangeable. The sauce cups record a 62 mm top and take the SCL-62-12 lid; this portion cup records 75 mm and takes the PCL-75-4. Depth differs too - 48 mm here against 17 mm on the 1 oz and 30 mm on the 2 oz. If you order lids by ounces rather than by the lid SKU you will get lids that do not seat.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is 2,000 per carton right?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes - that is the quantity the supplier records, and the carton weighs 9.5 kg gross, which works out at a little under 5 g per cup. It is a bulk carton measuring 400 x 290 x 315 mm, so check your storage before ordering. Carton quantities across this PakMax range vary from 150 to 2,000, so it is worth reading the figure per product.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359474970925,"sku":"PC-75-4","price":63.86,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-4-oz-sugarcane-portion-cup-pc-75-4-carton-of-2000-5857011.png?v=1789147934"},{"product_id":"pakmax-pet-lid-for-4-oz-portion-cup-pcl-75-4-carton-of-2000","title":"PakMax PET Lid for 4 oz Portion Cup PCL-75-4 Carton of 2000","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax PCL-75-4 is a clear PET snap-on lid for the PakMax 4 oz portion cup, recorded at 78 mm across and 7.5 mm high, supplied in a carton of 2,000. It is recyclable PET, crack resistant and transparent so the contents can be identified without opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PCL-75-4\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the PakMax 4 oz portion cup\u003c\/strong\u003e - the PC-75-4 - the supplier names that cup as what this lid is designed for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents can be identified without opening the cup, which is what stops sauces being opened and re-lidded on a busy pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated closure - designed to resist spills in a delivery bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e78 mm across as recorded\u003c\/strong\u003e - this is the lid's own recorded size. The cup it fits records 75 mm, so the lid is the larger of the two, which is what a snap-over lid should be\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.5 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the flattest lid in the PakMax range we carry, so it adds almost nothing to the stack height of a cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - a bulk carton - roughly eight times the quantity of the PakMax clamshell cartons in the same range. Worth checking against your storage before ordering, because cost per serve and carton footprint move in opposite directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PET goes into a plastics stream and the sugarcane cup it covers does not, so the two do not get disposed of together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL-75-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL-75-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL-75-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax 4 oz portion cup (PC-75-4), sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 310 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits takeaway outlets, caterers, delivery kitchens and meal-prep operations that need the portion sealed and stackable between packing and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 2,000. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 400 mm with a gross weight of 4.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the PCL-75-4 actually fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states it is designed for the PakMax 4 oz portion cup, which it names as the PC-75-4, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 78 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 75 mm across the top (recorded on the PC-75-4 itself, which we also stock). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it fit the 1 oz or 2 oz sauce cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Those cups record a 62 mm top and take a different lid, the SCL-62-12. This lid is for the 4 oz portion cup only. Ordering lids by the ounce figure rather than by the lid SKU is the easiest way to end up with lids that will not seat, so match the SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo thousand, the same quantity as the 4 oz cup it fits, which makes ordering the pair straightforward. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 400 mm with a gross weight of only 4.5 kg - light but bulky, so the freight is calculated on the volume rather than the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the PCL-75-4 actually fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier states it is designed for the PakMax 4 oz portion cup, which it names as the PC-75-4, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 78 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 75 mm across the top (recorded on the PC-75-4 itself, which we also stock). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it fit the 1 oz or 2 oz sauce cups?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. Those cups record a 62 mm top and take a different lid, the SCL-62-12. This lid is for the 4 oz portion cup only. Ordering lids by the ounce figure rather than by the lid SKU is the easiest way to end up with lids that will not seat, so match the SKU.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two thousand, the same quantity as the 4 oz cup it fits, which makes ordering the pair straightforward. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 400 mm with a gross weight of only 4.5 kg - light but bulky, so the freight is calculated on the volume rather than the weight.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359475167533,"sku":"PCL-75-4","price":34.62,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-pet-lid-for-4-oz-portion-cup-pcl-75-4-carton-of-2000-6371108.png?v=1789147934"},{"product_id":"pakmax-1-oz-sugarcane-sauce-cup-sc-62-1-carton-of-2000","title":"PakMax 1 oz Sugarcane Sauce Cup SC-62-1 Carton of 2000","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SC-62-1 is a 1 oz sugarcane sauce cup, 62 mm across the top and 17 mm deep, supplied in a carton of 2,000. It takes the PakMax SCL-62-12 PET lid, sold separately, which also fits the 2 oz cup in the same range, and it is recyclable and finished in natural off-white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SC-62-1\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz brim fill capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded capacity - a single serve of sauce, a dressing or a taster portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e62 mm across the top\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded unit size, and the same as the 2 oz SC-62-2 - which is why one lid covers both\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e - the shallowest cup in the PakMax range we carry. The 2 oz is 30 mm and the 4 oz portion cup is 48 mm, all at the same or a larger mouth, so depth is what separates them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShares a lid with the 2 oz cup\u003c\/strong\u003e - the SCL-62-12 fits both, so a venue running both sizes carries one lid SKU rather than two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - a bulk carton - roughly eight times the quantity of the PakMax clamshell cartons in the same range. Worth checking against your storage before ordering, because cost per serve and carton footprint move in opposite directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording for this product - recyclable rather than compostable, which is a different waste stream from the sugarcane food containers in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFSC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded against this product by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural off-white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - a neutral background that suits most food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSC-62-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSC-62-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSC-62-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSauce cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 x 290 x 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugarcane fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax SCL-62-12 PET lid (sold separately, fits the 1 oz and 2 oz cups)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Off-White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits takeaway outlets, food trucks, caterers, delivery kitchens and any venue portioning sauces, dressings or dips away from the main container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 2,000. The carton measures 330 x 290 x 260 mm with a gross weight of 4.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits this cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SCL-62-12, sold separately. The supplier states that lid is designed for the 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, so one lid SKU covers both sizes. Be careful reading the lid's name: the supplier lists it as a lid for the \"1\/2oz\" sauce cup, and that means one ounce and two ounces, not half an ounce. Its own recorded top is 65 mm against this cup's 62 mm, which is the overlap a snap-over lid needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the 1 oz and 2 oz cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepth. Both record a 62 mm top and both come 2,000 to a carton, and both take the same lid. This 1 oz cup is 17 mm deep and the 2 oz SC-62-2 is 30 mm. The cartons differ slightly - 330 x 290 x 260 mm at 4.5 kg here against 360 x 290 x 270 mm at 5.5 kg - which is the extra depth showing up in the packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is 2,000 per carton right?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - that is the quantity the supplier records, and the 4.5 kg gross carton weight works out at a little over 2 g per cup, which is about right for a 1 oz moulded fibre cup. Carton quantities across this PakMax range run from 150 to 2,000, so read the figure per product rather than assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this compostable or recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits this cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PakMax SCL-62-12, sold separately. The supplier states that lid is designed for the 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, so one lid SKU covers both sizes. Be careful reading the lid's name: the supplier lists it as a lid for the \\\"1\/2oz\\\" sauce cup, and that means one ounce and two ounces, not half an ounce. Its own recorded top is 65 mm against this cup's 62 mm, which is the overlap a snap-over lid needs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the 1 oz and 2 oz cups?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Depth. Both record a 62 mm top and both come 2,000 to a carton, and both take the same lid. This 1 oz cup is 17 mm deep and the 2 oz SC-62-2 is 30 mm. The cartons differ slightly - 330 x 290 x 260 mm at 4.5 kg here against 360 x 290 x 270 mm at 5.5 kg - which is the extra depth showing up in the packing.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is 2,000 per carton right?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes - that is the quantity the supplier records, and the 4.5 kg gross carton weight works out at a little over 2 g per cup, which is about right for a 1 oz moulded fibre cup. Carton quantities across this PakMax range run from 150 to 2,000, so read the figure per product rather than assuming.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this compostable or recyclable?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier describes this product as recyclable, and that is what we have published. Note that it is a different claim from the one on the PakMax sugarcane food containers in the same range, which the supplier describes as compostable under commercial conditions. Recycling and commercial composting are different waste streams, so we have kept each product's own wording rather than harmonising them. Check which stream your venue and your council actually have before you print an environmental claim of your own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this product and we have published it as recorded. FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, so the claim is coherent for a moulded fibre product. We have not seen the certificate ourselves - if you need the certification number for your own compliance or tender documentation, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359475593517,"sku":"SC-62-1","price":29.88,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-1-oz-sugarcane-sauce-cup-sc-62-1-carton-of-2000-9480395.png?v=1789147933"},{"product_id":"pakmax-pet-lid-for-1-oz-and-2-oz-sauce-cups-scl-62-12-carton-of-2000","title":"PakMax PET Lid for 1 oz and 2 oz Sauce Cups SCL-62-12 Carton of 2000","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SCL-62-12 is a clear PET snap-on lid for the PakMax 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, recorded at 65 mm across and 8 mm high, supplied in a carton of 2,000. One lid covers both cup sizes, and it is recyclable PET, crack resistant and transparent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCL-62-12\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both the 1 oz and the 2 oz sauce cup\u003c\/strong\u003e - the SC-62-1 and SC-62-2 record the same 62 mm top and differ only in depth, so a venue running both sizes carries one lid SKU rather than two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"1\/2oz\" in the supplier name means 1 oz and 2 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - not half an ounce. The supplier's own description states it is designed for the 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, which is what resolves it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents can be identified without opening the cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated closure - designed to resist spills in a delivery bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e65 mm across as recorded\u003c\/strong\u003e - this is the lid's own recorded size. Both cups it fits record 62 mm, so the lid is the larger of the two, which is what a snap-over lid should be\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - a bulk carton - roughly eight times the quantity of the PakMax clamshell cartons in the same range. Worth checking against your storage before ordering, because cost per serve and carton footprint move in opposite directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PET goes into a plastics stream and the sugarcane cups it covers do not, so the two do not get disposed of together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCL-62-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCL-62-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCL-62-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups (SC-62-1, SC-62-2), sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 350 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits takeaway outlets, caterers, delivery kitchens and meal-prep operations that need the portion sealed and stackable between packing and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 2,000. The carton measures 450 x 350 x 300 mm with a gross weight of 3.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does \"1\/2oz\" mean half an ounce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - it means one ounce and two ounces. The supplier's product name reads as a lid for the \"1\/2oz\" sauce cup, and its own description resolves it: the lid is designed for the PakMax 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, which are the SC-62-1 and the SC-62-2. Both record the same 62 mm top and differ only in depth, which is why one lid fits both. There is no half-ounce cup in this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the SCL-62-12 actually fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states it is designed for the PakMax 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, which it names as the SC-62-1 and SC-62-2, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 65 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 62 mm across the top on both cups (recorded on the SC-62-1 and SC-62-2 themselves, which we also stock). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it fit the 4 oz portion cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 4 oz portion cup records a 75 mm top and takes a different lid, the PCL-75-4. This lid is for the 62 mm sauce cups only. Ordering lids by the ounce figure rather than by the lid SKU is the easiest way to end up with lids that will not seat, so match the SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many lids come in a carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo thousand, the same quantity as both cups it fits. The carton measures 450 x 350 x 300 mm with a gross weight of only 3.5 kg - light but bulky, so the freight is calculated on the volume rather than the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does \\\"1\/2oz\\\" mean half an ounce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No - it means one ounce and two ounces. The supplier's product name reads as a lid for the \\\"1\/2oz\\\" sauce cup, and its own description resolves it: the lid is designed for the PakMax 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, which are the SC-62-1 and the SC-62-2. Both record the same 62 mm top and differ only in depth, which is why one lid fits both. There is no half-ounce cup in this range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the SCL-62-12 actually fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier states it is designed for the PakMax 1 oz and 2 oz sauce cups, which it names as the SC-62-1 and SC-62-2, and we have published that as recorded. One thing to be aware of when you compare the numbers: the supplier's fit sentence quotes 65 mm, which is this LID's own recorded unit size rather than the host's. The host's own recorded size is 62 mm across the top on both cups (recorded on the SC-62-1 and SC-62-2 themselves, which we also stock). A snap-over lid is supposed to be larger than the item it covers, and it is - so the two figures are consistent rather than contradictory. We have published both and altered neither. If you are ordering the pair for the first time, ask our team for a sample before committing to a full carton.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it fit the 4 oz portion cup?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The 4 oz portion cup records a 75 mm top and takes a different lid, the PCL-75-4. This lid is for the 62 mm sauce cups only. Ordering lids by the ounce figure rather than by the lid SKU is the easiest way to end up with lids that will not seat, so match the SKU.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many lids come in a carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two thousand, the same quantity as both cups it fits. The carton measures 450 x 350 x 300 mm with a gross weight of only 3.5 kg - light but bulky, so the freight is calculated on the volume rather than the weight.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359475953965,"sku":"SCL-62-12","price":25.97,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-pet-lid-for-1-oz-and-2-oz-sauce-cups-scl-62-12-carton-of-2000-9207693.png?v=1789147932"},{"product_id":"pakmax-32-oz-pet-rose-salad-bowl-combo-rsbc-32c-carton-of-150","title":"PakMax 32 oz PET Rose Salad Bowl Combo RSBC-32C Carton of 150","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax RSBC-32C is a 32 oz clear PET rose salad bowl, recorded at 175 mm across the top and 79 mm high, supplied in a carton of 150. The petal-shaped wall gives cold food a display finish through clear PET, and it is the only product in this PakMax range with a recorded temperature range: -20 to +60 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the RSBC-32C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - the only PakMax product in this range with a recorded temperature range. It covers chilled display and freezing, and rules out hot food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose-shaped clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the petal contours are the point of the product - a salad or a fruit cup reads as premium through the wall rather than needing a label to sell it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e175 mm across the top as recorded\u003c\/strong\u003e - note the supplier records this figure without a diameter symbol, unlike every other round item in the range, so we have published it exactly as given\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e79 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - a deep bowl for its width - layered salads, poke, grain bowls and fruit cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - by far the smallest carton in this PakMax range, which runs up to 2,000 on the cups. A rigid PET bowl does not nest the way a fibre cup does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PET goes into a plastics stream, unlike the sugarcane fibre products in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSBC-32C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSBC-32C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSBC-32C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRose salad bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm (recorded without a diameter symbol)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 x 200 x 546 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED - the SKU is named a Combo and the photographs show a dome lid fitted, but the supplier does not state whether one is supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, salad bars, grab-and-go retail, caterers and delivery kitchens presenting cold food where the customer buys with their eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 150. The carton measures 540 x 200 x 546 mm with a gross weight of 4.8 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Combo include a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe cannot tell you for certain, and we would rather say so than guess. The SKU is named a Combo, and all three of the supplier's photographs show a clear dome lid fitted to the bowl - we viewed every one of them. But the supplier's written description covers the bowl only, never states whether a lid is supplied with it, and names no separate lid SKU anywhere. Please confirm with our team before ordering if a lid is part of what you need, rather than assuming either way from the product name or the photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The recorded temperature range is -20 to +60 degrees C, which covers chilled display and freezing but stops well short of hot service. PET softens and distorts before it gets to hot holding temperature. The supplier describes it for salads, fruit, desserts and other chilled ready-to-eat dishes, and that is what we would use it for. If you need a hot bowl, the PakMax deep sugarcane bowls in the same range are described as suitable for hot food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bowl FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this bowl is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why only 150 per carton when the cups come 2,000?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause a rigid PET bowl does not nest the way a moulded fibre cup does. The carton is 540 x 200 x 546 mm at 4.8 kg gross - very light for its size, which is exactly what a stack of rigid bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like this is calculated on its volume rather than its weight, so factor that in when you compare the cost per serve against a fibre product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the 175 mm figure a diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records it as \"175mm\" with no diameter symbol, where every other round item in this PakMax range records its top size with one. We have published it exactly as recorded rather than adding a symbol the source does not carry. Given the bowl is round, a diameter is the obvious reading - but if you are matching it to a lid, a holder or a display well, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the Combo include a lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We cannot tell you for certain, and we would rather say so than guess. The SKU is named a Combo, and all three of the supplier's photographs show a clear dome lid fitted to the bowl - we viewed every one of them. But the supplier's written description covers the bowl only, never states whether a lid is supplied with it, and names no separate lid SKU anywhere. Please confirm with our team before ordering if a lid is part of what you need, rather than assuming either way from the product name or the photographs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The recorded temperature range is -20 to +60 degrees C, which covers chilled display and freezing but stops well short of hot service. PET softens and distorts before it gets to hot holding temperature. The supplier describes it for salads, fruit, desserts and other chilled ready-to-eat dishes, and that is what we would use it for. If you need a hot bowl, the PakMax deep sugarcane bowls in the same range are described as suitable for hot food.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this bowl FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this bowl is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why only 150 per carton when the cups come 2,000?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Because a rigid PET bowl does not nest the way a moulded fibre cup does. The carton is 540 x 200 x 546 mm at 4.8 kg gross - very light for its size, which is exactly what a stack of rigid bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like this is calculated on its volume rather than its weight, so factor that in when you compare the cost per serve against a fibre product.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the 175 mm figure a diameter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records it as \\\"175mm\\\" with no diameter symbol, where every other round item in this PakMax range records its top size with one. We have published it exactly as recorded rather than adding a symbol the source does not carry. Given the bowl is round, a diameter is the obvious reading - but if you are matching it to a lid, a holder or a display well, ask our team to confirm it with the supplier first.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359476150573,"sku":"RSBC-32C","price":36.24,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-32-oz-pet-rose-salad-bowl-combo-rsbc-32c-carton-of-150-2178532.png?v=1789147933"},{"product_id":"pakmax-16-oz-white-paper-food-pails-fp-16w-carton-of-400","title":"PakMax 16 oz White Paper Food Pails FP-16W Carton of 400","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax FP-16W is a 16 oz white paperboard food pail with a fold-top closure, recorded at 76 x 58 mm across the top and 85 mm high, supplied in a carton of 400. The moisture-resistant inner coating is what lets it carry a saucy or oily dish without softening through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FP-16W\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-top paperboard pail\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier describes a secure fold-top closure, which is what keeps a saucy dish contained between the pass and the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against leaks for saucy or oily meals - the failure a bare paperboard box has\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 oz brim fill (473 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so portion cost is calculable rather than estimated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e76 x 58 mm across the top, 85 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded size. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the pail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count across all three pail sizes, so the only thing that changes between them is the portion and the carton volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable paperboard\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrisp white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - takes a branded sleeve or a label cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot and cold\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier describes the construction as heat resistant and lists both hot and cold dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-16W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-16W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-16W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper food pail (noodle box)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 oz (473 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 x 58 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 250 x 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaperboard with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits noodle and curry takeaway, food trucks, delivery kitchens, caterers and any venue plating a hot single-dish serve into a carry-out box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 400. The carton measures 480 x 250 x 330 mm with a gross weight of 8.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big a serve does it actually hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records a brim fill capacity of 16 oz, which is 473 mL, and a top opening of 76 x 58 mm with a height of 85 mm. Brim fill is measured to the very top of the box, so plan a working serve below that - a fold-top pail has to close over the food. All three PakMax pail sizes come 400 to a carton, so stepping up a size changes your cost per serve and your storage volume, not your order quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the other two pail sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe range runs 16 oz (473 mL), 26 oz (769 mL) and 32 oz (946 mL), and all three are 400 to a carton with the same paperboard, the same coating and the same white finish. This is the 16 oz: the smallest of the three, and the only one carrying a recorded temperature range. The supplier records a temperature range against the 16 oz only, and we have deliberately not copied that rating onto the other two sizes - a rating recorded against one SKU is not evidence about another.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it go in a microwave or an oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say, and we will not guess on a paperboard product. It describes the construction as heat resistant and lists hot dishes such as noodles, curries and rice, which is about holding and transporting hot food rather than cooking it. Many pails of this type have a coating that is not microwave safe and some have a metal handle - this one has no handle recorded. Ask our team before you put it in any appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this pail FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this pail, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a paperboard product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How big a serve does it actually hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records a brim fill capacity of 16 oz, which is 473 mL, and a top opening of 76 x 58 mm with a height of 85 mm. Brim fill is measured to the very top of the box, so plan a working serve below that - a fold-top pail has to close over the food. All three PakMax pail sizes come 400 to a carton, so stepping up a size changes your cost per serve and your storage volume, not your order quantity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the other two pail sizes?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The range runs 16 oz (473 mL), 26 oz (769 mL) and 32 oz (946 mL), and all three are 400 to a carton with the same paperboard, the same coating and the same white finish. This is the 16 oz: the smallest of the three, and the only one carrying a recorded temperature range. The supplier records a temperature range against the 16 oz only, and we have deliberately not copied that rating onto the other two sizes - a rating recorded against one SKU is not evidence about another.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it go in a microwave or an oven?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not say, and we will not guess on a paperboard product. It describes the construction as heat resistant and lists hot dishes such as noodles, curries and rice, which is about holding and transporting hot food rather than cooking it. Many pails of this type have a coating that is not microwave safe and some have a metal handle - this one has no handle recorded. Ask our team before you put it in any appliance.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this pail FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this pail, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a paperboard product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359680557357,"sku":"FP-16W","price":66.56,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-16-oz-white-paper-food-pails-fp-16w-carton-of-400-1818075.png?v=1789147933"},{"product_id":"pakmax-24-oz-pet-rose-salad-bowl-combo-rsbc-24c-carton-of-150","title":"PakMax 24 oz PET Rose Salad Bowl Combo RSBC-24C Carton of 150","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax RSBC-24C is a 24 oz clear PET rose salad bowl, recorded at 175 mm across the top and 60 mm high, supplied in a carton of 150. The petal-shaped wall gives cold food a display finish through clear PET, and the recorded temperature range is -20 to +60 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the RSBC-24C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - covers chilled display and freezing, and rules out hot food. PET softens well before hot-holding temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose-shaped clear PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the petal contours are the point of the product - a salad or a fruit cup reads as premium through the wall rather than needing a label to sell it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e175 mm across the top as recorded\u003c\/strong\u003e - note the supplier records this figure without a diameter symbol, exactly as it does on the 32 oz bowl, so we have published it as given\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the shallower of the two rose bowls - the 32 oz RSBC-32C is 79 mm at the same 175 mm top, so height is the only dimension that separates them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the smallest carton in this PakMax range. A rigid PET bowl does not nest the way a fibre bowl or a paper pail does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PET goes into a plastics stream, unlike the kraft paper bowls in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and stackable\u003c\/strong\u003e - disposables consume a lot of storage space, and stacking shape is what decides how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSBC-24C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSBC-24C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSBC-24C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRose salad bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 oz (from the product name - no brim fill capacity is recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm (recorded without a diameter symbol)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 x 200 x 545 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED - the SKU is named a Combo and the photographs show a dome lid fitted, but the supplier does not state whether one is supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits cafes, salad bars, grab-and-go retail, caterers and delivery kitchens presenting cold food where the customer buys with their eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 150. The carton measures 540 x 200 x 545 mm with a gross weight of 4.8 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Combo include a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe cannot tell you for certain, and we would rather say so than guess. The SKU is named a Combo, and all three of the supplier photographs show a clear dome lid fitted to the bowl - we viewed every one of them. But the supplier description covers the bowl only, never states whether a lid is supplied with it, and names no separate lid SKU anywhere. This is the same position we recorded on the 32 oz RSBC-32C. Please confirm with our team before ordering if a lid is part of what you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is this different from the 32 oz RSBC-32C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight, and only height. Both bowls record a 175 mm top, both come 150 to a carton, both carry the same 4.8 kg carton gross weight and both are rated -20 to +60 degrees C. This 24 oz bowl is 60 mm deep and the 32 oz is 79 mm. The cartons differ by a single millimetre in one axis, which is what you would expect from the same footprint packed at the same count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The recorded temperature range is -20 to +60 degrees C, which covers chilled display and freezing but stops well short of hot service. PET softens and distorts before it gets to hot holding temperature. The supplier describes it for salads, fruit, desserts and other chilled ready-to-eat dishes, and that is what we would use it for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bowl FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this bowl is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the actual capacity in millilitres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not record one. The 24 oz figure comes from the product name, and unlike every kraft bowl and food pail in this range there is no brim fill capacity stated anywhere in the source - the same gap the 32 oz bowl has. We have published the name as the name rather than converting it, because a brim fill figure and a nominal name figure are not the same thing. Ask our team if you need the working capacity confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the Combo include a lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We cannot tell you for certain, and we would rather say so than guess. The SKU is named a Combo, and all three of the supplier photographs show a clear dome lid fitted to the bowl - we viewed every one of them. But the supplier description covers the bowl only, never states whether a lid is supplied with it, and names no separate lid SKU anywhere. This is the same position we recorded on the 32 oz RSBC-32C. Please confirm with our team before ordering if a lid is part of what you need.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is this different from the 32 oz RSBC-32C?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Height, and only height. Both bowls record a 175 mm top, both come 150 to a carton, both carry the same 4.8 kg carton gross weight and both are rated -20 to +60 degrees C. This 24 oz bowl is 60 mm deep and the 32 oz is 79 mm. The cartons differ by a single millimetre in one axis, which is what you would expect from the same footprint packed at the same count.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The recorded temperature range is -20 to +60 degrees C, which covers chilled display and freezing but stops well short of hot service. PET softens and distorts before it gets to hot holding temperature. The supplier describes it for salads, fruit, desserts and other chilled ready-to-eat dishes, and that is what we would use it for.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this bowl FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this bowl is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the actual capacity in millilitres?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not record one. The 24 oz figure comes from the product name, and unlike every kraft bowl and food pail in this range there is no brim fill capacity stated anywhere in the source - the same gap the 32 oz bowl has. We have published the name as the name rather than converting it, because a brim fill figure and a nominal name figure are not the same thing. Ask our team if you need the working capacity confirmed.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359683211565,"sku":"RSBC-24C","price":36.24,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-24-oz-pet-rose-salad-bowl-combo-rsbc-24c-carton-of-150-8755443.png?v=1789147929"},{"product_id":"pakmax-32-oz-white-paper-food-pails-fp-32w-carton-of-400","title":"PakMax 32 oz White Paper Food Pails FP-32W Carton of 400","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax FP-32W is a 32 oz white paperboard food pail with a fold-top closure, recorded at 92 x 72 mm across the top and 110 mm high, supplied in a carton of 400. The moisture-resistant inner coating is what lets it carry a saucy or oily dish without softening through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FP-32W\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-top paperboard pail\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier describes a secure fold-top closure, which is what keeps a saucy dish contained between the pass and the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against leaks for saucy or oily meals - the failure a bare paperboard box has\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 oz brim fill (946 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so portion cost is calculable rather than estimated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e92 x 72 mm across the top, 110 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded size. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the pail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count across all three pail sizes, so the only thing that changes between them is the portion and the carton volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable paperboard\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrisp white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - takes a branded sleeve or a label cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot and cold\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier describes the construction as heat resistant and lists both hot and cold dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper food pail (noodle box)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 oz (946 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92 x 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see the FAQ. The 16 oz FP-16W records one, but a sibling rating is not this SKU's rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 x 250 x 420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaperboard with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits noodle and curry takeaway, food trucks, delivery kitchens, caterers and any venue plating a hot single-dish serve into a carry-out box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 400. The carton measures 580 x 250 x 420 mm with a gross weight of 15.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big a serve does it actually hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records a brim fill capacity of 32 oz, which is 946 mL, and a top opening of 92 x 72 mm with a height of 110 mm. Brim fill is measured to the very top of the box, so plan a working serve below that - a fold-top pail has to close over the food. All three PakMax pail sizes come 400 to a carton, so stepping up a size changes your cost per serve and your storage volume, not your order quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the other two pail sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe range runs 16 oz (473 mL), 26 oz (769 mL) and 32 oz (946 mL), and all three are 400 to a carton with the same paperboard, the same coating and the same white finish. This is the 32 oz: the largest, and the only one deep enough for a full main with sides. One thing to watch: the supplier records a temperature range against the 16 oz only, and we have not copied it onto this size. See the temperature answer below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature is it rated to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records no temperature range for this SKU. It does record one for the 16 oz FP-16W in the same range (-20 to +90 degrees C), and the two products are described identically in every other respect - but we have deliberately not carried that figure across. A rating recorded against one SKU is not a rating for another, and temperature is exactly the kind of spec where borrowing would be a mis-sale. If you need the rating in writing, ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it go in a microwave or an oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say, and we will not guess on a paperboard product. It describes the construction as heat resistant and lists hot dishes such as noodles, curries and rice, which is about holding and transporting hot food rather than cooking it. Many pails of this type have a coating that is not microwave safe and some have a metal handle - this one has no handle recorded. Ask our team before you put it in any appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this pail FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this pail, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a paperboard product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How big a serve does it actually hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records a brim fill capacity of 32 oz, which is 946 mL, and a top opening of 92 x 72 mm with a height of 110 mm. Brim fill is measured to the very top of the box, so plan a working serve below that - a fold-top pail has to close over the food. All three PakMax pail sizes come 400 to a carton, so stepping up a size changes your cost per serve and your storage volume, not your order quantity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the other two pail sizes?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The range runs 16 oz (473 mL), 26 oz (769 mL) and 32 oz (946 mL), and all three are 400 to a carton with the same paperboard, the same coating and the same white finish. This is the 32 oz: the largest, and the only one deep enough for a full main with sides. One thing to watch: the supplier records a temperature range against the 16 oz only, and we have not copied it onto this size. See the temperature answer below.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature is it rated to?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records no temperature range for this SKU. It does record one for the 16 oz FP-16W in the same range (-20 to +90 degrees C), and the two products are described identically in every other respect - but we have deliberately not carried that figure across. A rating recorded against one SKU is not a rating for another, and temperature is exactly the kind of spec where borrowing would be a mis-sale. If you need the rating in writing, ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it go in a microwave or an oven?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not say, and we will not guess on a paperboard product. It describes the construction as heat resistant and lists hot dishes such as noodles, curries and rice, which is about holding and transporting hot food rather than cooking it. Many pails of this type have a coating that is not microwave safe and some have a metal handle - this one has no handle recorded. Ask our team before you put it in any appliance.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this pail FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this pail, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a paperboard product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359685734701,"sku":"FP-32W","price":89.36,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-32-oz-white-paper-food-pails-fp-32w-carton-of-400-3532870.png?v=1789147928"},{"product_id":"pakmax-26-oz-white-paper-food-pails-fp-26w-carton-of-400","title":"PakMax 26 oz White Paper Food Pails FP-26W Carton of 400","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax FP-26W is a 26 oz white paperboard food pail with a fold-top closure, recorded at 82 x 68 mm across the top and 103 mm high, supplied in a carton of 400. The moisture-resistant inner coating is what lets it carry a saucy or oily dish without softening through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FP-26W\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-top paperboard pail\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier describes a secure fold-top closure, which is what keeps a saucy dish contained between the pass and the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against leaks for saucy or oily meals - the failure a bare paperboard box has\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26 oz brim fill (769 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so portion cost is calculable rather than estimated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e82 x 68 mm across the top, 103 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded size. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the pail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count across all three pail sizes, so the only thing that changes between them is the portion and the carton volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable paperboard\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrisp white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour - takes a branded sleeve or a label cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot and cold\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier describes the construction as heat resistant and lists both hot and cold dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-26W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-26W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFP-26W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper food pail (noodle box)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 oz (769 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 x 68 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e103 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see the FAQ. The 16 oz FP-16W records one, but a sibling rating is not this SKU's rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 x 250 x 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaperboard with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot and cold food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits noodle and curry takeaway, food trucks, delivery kitchens, caterers and any venue plating a hot single-dish serve into a carry-out box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 400. The carton measures 530 x 250 x 390 mm with a gross weight of 11.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big a serve does it actually hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records a brim fill capacity of 26 oz, which is 769 mL, and a top opening of 82 x 68 mm with a height of 103 mm. Brim fill is measured to the very top of the box, so plan a working serve below that - a fold-top pail has to close over the food. All three PakMax pail sizes come 400 to a carton, so stepping up a size changes your cost per serve and your storage volume, not your order quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the other two pail sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe range runs 16 oz (473 mL), 26 oz (769 mL) and 32 oz (946 mL), and all three are 400 to a carton with the same paperboard, the same coating and the same white finish. This is the 26 oz: the middle step, for when the 16 oz runs short but a 32 oz is more than the serve needs. One thing to watch: the supplier records a temperature range against the 16 oz only, and we have not copied it onto this size. See the temperature answer below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature is it rated to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records no temperature range for this SKU. It does record one for the 16 oz FP-16W in the same range (-20 to +90 degrees C), and the two products are described identically in every other respect - but we have deliberately not carried that figure across. A rating recorded against one SKU is not a rating for another, and temperature is exactly the kind of spec where borrowing would be a mis-sale. If you need the rating in writing, ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it go in a microwave or an oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say, and we will not guess on a paperboard product. It describes the construction as heat resistant and lists hot dishes such as noodles, curries and rice, which is about holding and transporting hot food rather than cooking it. Many pails of this type have a coating that is not microwave safe and some have a metal handle - this one has no handle recorded. Ask our team before you put it in any appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this pail FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this pail, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a paperboard product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How big a serve does it actually hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records a brim fill capacity of 26 oz, which is 769 mL, and a top opening of 82 x 68 mm with a height of 103 mm. Brim fill is measured to the very top of the box, so plan a working serve below that - a fold-top pail has to close over the food. All three PakMax pail sizes come 400 to a carton, so stepping up a size changes your cost per serve and your storage volume, not your order quantity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the other two pail sizes?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The range runs 16 oz (473 mL), 26 oz (769 mL) and 32 oz (946 mL), and all three are 400 to a carton with the same paperboard, the same coating and the same white finish. This is the 26 oz: the middle step, for when the 16 oz runs short but a 32 oz is more than the serve needs. One thing to watch: the supplier records a temperature range against the 16 oz only, and we have not copied it onto this size. See the temperature answer below.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature is it rated to?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records no temperature range for this SKU. It does record one for the 16 oz FP-16W in the same range (-20 to +90 degrees C), and the two products are described identically in every other respect - but we have deliberately not carried that figure across. A rating recorded against one SKU is not a rating for another, and temperature is exactly the kind of spec where borrowing would be a mis-sale. If you need the rating in writing, ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it go in a microwave or an oven?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not say, and we will not guess on a paperboard product. It describes the construction as heat resistant and lists hot dishes such as noodles, curries and rice, which is about holding and transporting hot food rather than cooking it. Many pails of this type have a coating that is not microwave safe and some have a metal handle - this one has no handle recorded. Ask our team before you put it in any appliance.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this pail FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this pail, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a paperboard product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359685767469,"sku":"FP-26W","price":81.34,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-26-oz-white-paper-food-pails-fp-26w-carton-of-400-3351903.png?v=1789147929"},{"product_id":"pakmax-1500-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-65h-1500-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 1500 ml Kraft Paper Salad Bowl KPSB-65H-1500 Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax KPSB-65H-1500 is a 1500 ml kraft paper salad bowl, recorded at 185 mm across the top, 160 mm at the base and 65 mm high, supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +90 degrees C and takes the PakMax 185 mm lids, which are sold separately. It is the wider of the two PakMax round salad bowls and, despite holding more, the shorter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the KPSB-65H-1500\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 ml brim fill\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e185 mm across the top, 160 mm at the base, 65 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded sizes. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - covers chilled display, freezing and warm service - but read the lid answer below, because the lid you choose can cap the pair lower than this\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against moisture and oil, which is what stops a dressed salad softening the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the 185 mm PakMax lids\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the 185 MM LID, and the lids record a matching 185 mm base. Lids are sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the lids, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable kraft paper\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. Fibre and the plastic lids go into different waste streams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural kraft brown finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-65H-1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-65H-1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-65H-1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper salad bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 MM LID - PakMax SBL-185-PET-LID (PET) or SBL-185-PP-LID (PP), sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 x 310 x 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail, cafes, caterers and delivery kitchens plating a bowl-format serve in a fibre container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 530 x 310 x 450 mm with a gross weight of 7.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier names the 185 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-185-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-185-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 185 mm TOP and the lids record a 185 mm BASE, and those match exactly. That is worth pointing out because the other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because both products are in front of us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bigger bowl the taller one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and it catches people out. The 1500 ml KPSB-65H-1500 is 65 mm high and the 1000 ml KPSB-75H-1000 is 75 mm high - the larger-capacity bowl is the SHORTER of the two, because it is wider (185 mm across the top against 150 mm). The number in the model code is the height in millimetres, not a size rank, so reading 75H as \"bigger than 65H\" gets it exactly backwards. Check the capacity and the top diameter, not the code.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture and oil resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bowl FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree hundred bowls per carton. The carton measures 530 x 310 x 450 mm with a gross weight of 7.5 kg - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is calculated on its volume rather than its weight. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so if you order both you get a matched set with nothing left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier names the 185 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-185-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-185-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 185 mm TOP and the lids record a 185 mm BASE, and those match exactly. That is worth pointing out because the other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because both products are in front of us.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the bigger bowl the taller one?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, and it catches people out. The 1500 ml KPSB-65H-1500 is 65 mm high and the 1000 ml KPSB-75H-1000 is 75 mm high - the larger-capacity bowl is the SHORTER of the two, because it is wider (185 mm across the top against 150 mm). The number in the model code is the height in millimetres, not a size rank, so reading 75H as \\\"bigger than 65H\\\" gets it exactly backwards. Check the capacity and the top diameter, not the code.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture and oil resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this bowl FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three hundred bowls per carton. The carton measures 530 x 310 x 450 mm with a gross weight of 7.5 kg - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is calculated on its volume rather than its weight. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so if you order both you get a matched set with nothing left over.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359687766317,"sku":"KPSB-65H-1500","price":64.18,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-1500-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-65h-1500-carton-of-300-8929171.png?v=1789147929"},{"product_id":"pakmax-1000-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-75h-1000-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 1000 ml Kraft Paper Salad Bowl KPSB-75H-1000 Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax KPSB-75H-1000 is a 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowl, recorded at 150 mm across the top, 130 mm at the base and 75 mm high, supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +90 degrees C and takes the PakMax 150 mm lids, which are sold separately. It is the taller of the two PakMax round salad bowls and, despite holding less, the deeper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the KPSB-75H-1000\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml brim fill\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm across the top, 130 mm at the base, 75 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded sizes. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - covers chilled display, freezing and warm service - but read the lid answer below, because the lid you choose can cap the pair lower than this\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against moisture and oil, which is what stops a dressed salad softening the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the 150 mm PakMax lids\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the 150 MM LID, and the lids record a matching 150 mm base. Lids are sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the lids, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable kraft paper\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. Fibre and the plastic lids go into different waste streams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural kraft brown finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-75H-1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-75H-1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-75H-1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper salad bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 MM LID - PakMax SBL-150-PET-LID (PET) or SBL-150-PP-LID (PP), sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 310 x 440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail, cafes, caterers and delivery kitchens plating a bowl-format serve in a fibre container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 440 mm with a gross weight of 7.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier names the 150 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-150-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-150-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 150 mm TOP and the lids record a 150 mm BASE, and those match exactly. That is worth pointing out because the other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does that lid fit the other bowl sizes too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The supplier states the 150 mm lid fits the PakMax 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowls, and we checked that against each one rather than taking the sentence on trust: KPSB-45H-500, KPSB-60H-750 and this 1000 ml bowl all record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, so all three genuinely take the same lid. All three are PakMax lines - ask our team if you would like the 500 ml or 750 ml quoted alongside this one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because both products are in front of us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bigger bowl the taller one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and it catches people out. The 1500 ml KPSB-65H-1500 is 65 mm high and the 1000 ml KPSB-75H-1000 is 75 mm high - the larger-capacity bowl is the SHORTER of the two, because it is wider (185 mm across the top against 150 mm). The number in the model code is the height in millimetres, not a size rank, so reading 75H as \"bigger than 65H\" gets it exactly backwards. Check the capacity and the top diameter, not the code.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture and oil resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bowl FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree hundred bowls per carton. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 440 mm with a gross weight of 7.0 kg - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is calculated on its volume rather than its weight. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so if you order both you get a matched set with nothing left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier names the 150 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-150-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-150-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 150 mm TOP and the lids record a 150 mm BASE, and those match exactly. That is worth pointing out because the other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does that lid fit the other bowl sizes too?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The supplier states the 150 mm lid fits the PakMax 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowls, and we checked that against each one rather than taking the sentence on trust: KPSB-45H-500, KPSB-60H-750 and this 1000 ml bowl all record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, so all three genuinely take the same lid. All three are PakMax lines - ask our team if you would like the 500 ml or 750 ml quoted alongside this one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because both products are in front of us.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the bigger bowl the taller one?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, and it catches people out. The 1500 ml KPSB-65H-1500 is 65 mm high and the 1000 ml KPSB-75H-1000 is 75 mm high - the larger-capacity bowl is the SHORTER of the two, because it is wider (185 mm across the top against 150 mm). The number in the model code is the height in millimetres, not a size rank, so reading 75H as \\\"bigger than 65H\\\" gets it exactly backwards. Check the capacity and the top diameter, not the code.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture and oil resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this bowl FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids and bowls as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three hundred bowls per carton. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 440 mm with a gross weight of 7.0 kg - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is calculated on its volume rather than its weight. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so if you order both you get a matched set with nothing left over.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359689666861,"sku":"KPSB-75H-1000","price":45.02,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-1000-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-75h-1000-carton-of-300-8862967.png?v=1789147929"},{"product_id":"pakmax-185-mm-pet-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-185-pet-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 185 mm PET Salad Bowl Lid SBL-185-PET-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SBL-185-PET-LID is a clear recyclable PET lid for the PakMax kraft paper salad bowls, recorded at 185 mm across the base and supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +60 degrees C, which is the specification that separates it from the PP lid of the same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SBL-185-PET-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e185 mm base, recorded as a BASE measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e - and the bowls it fits record a matching 185 mm TOP. The two figures line up exactly, which is not true of every PakMax lid range - see the FAQ below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - the single specification that separates this lid from the PP version at the same diameter, which is rated to +120 degrees C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PET goes into a plastics stream, unlike the kraft paper bowl it covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear, so the food sells itself\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents stay visible through the lid, which is what a grab-and-go fridge or a delivery handover needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - spill resistant in handling and transport rather than an airtight seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the kraft bowls it covers, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the 1500 ml bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the PakMax 1500 ml kraft paper salad bowl, which records a matching 185 mm top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-185-PET-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-185-PET-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-185-PET-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear snap-fit PET lid for kraft paper salad bowls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax 1500 ml kraft paper salad bowl KPSB-65H-1500 (records a 185 mm top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see the FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 x 310 x 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail fridges, delivery kitchens and caterers covering a kraft bowl for transport or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 580 x 310 x 260 mm with a gross weight of 3.2 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Should I take the PET lid or the PP one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTemperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PET lid is rated -20 to +60 degrees C and the PP SBL-185-PP-LID is rated -20 to +120 degrees C. Both are 185 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 3.2 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If everything you seal is cold, this PET lid does the job; if anything warm goes under it, read the next answer first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the one thing worth checking before you order, and neither the lid nor the bowl says it. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C. This PET lid is rated to +60. So on a sealed pair the LID sets the limit, not the bowl, and it sets it 30 degrees below what the bowl itself will take. If you are covering cold or chilled food that is not a constraint at all. If anything goes under the lid warm, the PP lid of the same diameter is rated to +120 and clears the bowl comfortably. We are telling you this because the lid and the bowl are both in front of us - the supplier states it on neither page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How tall is the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the photographs show this exact lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Should I take the PET lid or the PP one?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Temperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PET lid is rated -20 to +60 degrees C and the PP SBL-185-PP-LID is rated -20 to +120 degrees C. Both are 185 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 3.2 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If everything you seal is cold, this PET lid does the job; if anything warm goes under it, read the next answer first.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This is the one thing worth checking before you order, and neither the lid nor the bowl says it. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C. This PET lid is rated to +60. So on a sealed pair the LID sets the limit, not the bowl, and it sets it 30 degrees below what the bowl itself will take. If you are covering cold or chilled food that is not a constraint at all. If anything goes under the lid warm, the PP lid of the same diameter is rated to +120 and clears the bowl comfortably. We are telling you this because the lid and the bowl are both in front of us - the supplier states it on neither page.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How tall is the lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Do the photographs show this exact lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359691534637,"sku":"SBL-185-PET-LID","price":39.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-185-mm-pet-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-185-pet-lid-carton-of-300-7615940.png?v=1789147928"},{"product_id":"pakmax-185-mm-pp-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-185-pp-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 185 mm PP Salad Bowl Lid SBL-185-PP-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SBL-185-PP-LID is a clear recyclable PP lid for the PakMax kraft paper salad bowls, recorded at 185 mm across the base and supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +120 degrees C, which is the specification that separates it from the PET lid of the same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SBL-185-PP-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e185 mm base, recorded as a BASE measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e - and the bowls it fits record a matching 185 mm TOP. The two figures line up exactly, which is not true of every PakMax lid range - see the FAQ below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +120 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - the single specification that separates this lid from the PET version at the same diameter, which is rated to +60 degrees C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PP\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PP goes into a plastics stream, unlike the kraft paper bowl it covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear, so the food sells itself\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents stay visible through the lid, which is what a grab-and-go fridge or a delivery handover needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - spill resistant in handling and transport rather than an airtight seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the kraft bowls it covers, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the 1500 ml bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the PakMax 1500 ml kraft paper salad bowl, which records a matching 185 mm top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-185-PP-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-185-PP-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-185-PP-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear snap-fit PP lid for kraft paper salad bowls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax 1500 ml kraft paper salad bowl KPSB-65H-1500 (records a 185 mm top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see the FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +120 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 x 310 x 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP (polypropylene)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail fridges, delivery kitchens and caterers covering a kraft bowl for transport or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 570 x 310 x 390 mm with a gross weight of 3.2 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Should I take the PP lid or the PET one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTemperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PP lid is rated -20 to +120 degrees C and the PET SBL-185-PET-LID is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. Both are 185 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 3.2 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If anything warm goes under the lid, this PP version is the one to take; if everything you seal is cold, the PET lid at the same diameter covers it for less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComfortably. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C and this PP lid is rated to +120, so the bowl is the limiting component rather than the lid. That is the opposite of the PET lid at the same diameter, which is rated to +60 and caps the pair 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. Neither the lid page nor the bowl page states this at source - we can say it because both products are in front of us. It does not make the lid ovenable or microwavable; the supplier claims neither, and nor do we.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How tall is the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PP plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the photographs show this exact lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Should I take the PP lid or the PET one?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Temperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PP lid is rated -20 to +120 degrees C and the PET SBL-185-PET-LID is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. Both are 185 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 3.2 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If anything warm goes under the lid, this PP version is the one to take; if everything you seal is cold, the PET lid at the same diameter covers it for less.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Comfortably. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C and this PP lid is rated to +120, so the bowl is the limiting component rather than the lid. That is the opposite of the PET lid at the same diameter, which is rated to +60 and caps the pair 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. Neither the lid page nor the bowl page states this at source - we can say it because both products are in front of us. It does not make the lid ovenable or microwavable; the supplier claims neither, and nor do we.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How tall is the lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PP plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Do the photographs show this exact lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359695565101,"sku":"SBL-185-PP-LID","price":53.93,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-185-mm-pp-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-185-pp-lid-carton-of-300-3489182.png?v=1789147928"},{"product_id":"pakmax-150-mm-pet-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-150-pet-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 150 mm PET Salad Bowl Lid SBL-150-PET-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SBL-150-PET-LID is a clear recyclable PET lid for the PakMax kraft paper salad bowls, recorded at 150 mm across the base and supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +60 degrees C, which is the specification that separates it from the PP lid of the same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SBL-150-PET-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm base, recorded as a BASE measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e - and the bowls it fits record a matching 150 mm TOP. The two figures line up exactly, which is not true of every PakMax lid range - see the FAQ below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - the single specification that separates this lid from the PP version at the same diameter, which is rated to +120 degrees C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PET goes into a plastics stream, unlike the kraft paper bowls it covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear, so the food sells itself\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents stay visible through the lid, which is what a grab-and-go fridge or a delivery handover needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - spill resistant in handling and transport rather than an airtight seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the kraft bowls it covers, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits three bowl sizes on one SKU\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the PakMax 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowls, and all three record a matching 150 mm top, so one lid line covers the whole size range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-150-PET-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-150-PET-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-150-PET-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear snap-fit PET lid for kraft paper salad bowls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowls - KPSB-45H-500, KPSB-60H-750 and KPSB-75H-1000. All three record a matching 150 mm top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see the FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +60 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 310 x 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePET (polyethylene terephthalate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail fridges, delivery kitchens and caterers covering a kraft bowl for transport or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 480 x 310 x 270 mm with a gross weight of 2.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Should I take the PET lid or the PP one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTemperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PET lid is rated -20 to +60 degrees C and the PP SBL-150-PP-LID is rated -20 to +120 degrees C. Both are 150 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 2.5 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If everything you seal is cold, this PET lid does the job; if anything warm goes under it, read the next answer first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the one thing worth checking before you order, and neither the lid nor the bowl says it. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C. This PET lid is rated to +60. So on a sealed pair the LID sets the limit, not the bowl, and it sets it 30 degrees below what the bowl itself will take. If you are covering cold or chilled food that is not a constraint at all. If anything goes under the lid warm, the PP lid of the same diameter is rated to +120 and clears the bowl comfortably. We are telling you this because the lid and the bowl are both in front of us - the supplier states it on neither page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How tall is the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the photographs show this exact lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Should I take the PET lid or the PP one?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Temperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PET lid is rated -20 to +60 degrees C and the PP SBL-150-PP-LID is rated -20 to +120 degrees C. Both are 150 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 2.5 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If everything you seal is cold, this PET lid does the job; if anything warm goes under it, read the next answer first.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This is the one thing worth checking before you order, and neither the lid nor the bowl says it. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C. This PET lid is rated to +60. So on a sealed pair the LID sets the limit, not the bowl, and it sets it 30 degrees below what the bowl itself will take. If you are covering cold or chilled food that is not a constraint at all. If anything goes under the lid warm, the PP lid of the same diameter is rated to +120 and clears the bowl comfortably. We are telling you this because the lid and the bowl are both in front of us - the supplier states it on neither page.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How tall is the lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PET plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Do the photographs show this exact lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359697367341,"sku":"SBL-150-PET-LID","price":27.81,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-150-mm-pet-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-150-pet-lid-carton-of-300-2594317.png?v=1789147885"},{"product_id":"pakmax-150-mm-pp-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-150-pp-lid-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 150 mm PP Salad Bowl Lid SBL-150-PP-LID Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax SBL-150-PP-LID is a clear recyclable PP lid for the PakMax kraft paper salad bowls, recorded at 150 mm across the base and supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +120 degrees C, which is the specification that separates it from the PET lid of the same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SBL-150-PP-LID\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm base, recorded as a BASE measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e - and the bowls it fits record a matching 150 mm TOP. The two figures line up exactly, which is not true of every PakMax lid range - see the FAQ below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +120 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - the single specification that separates this lid from the PET version at the same diameter, which is rated to +60 degrees C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PP\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. PP goes into a plastics stream, unlike the kraft paper bowls it covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear, so the food sells itself\u003c\/strong\u003e - the contents stay visible through the lid, which is what a grab-and-go fridge or a delivery handover needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap-fit seal\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's stated purpose - spill resistant in handling and transport rather than an airtight seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the kraft bowls it covers, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits three bowl sizes on one SKU\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the PakMax 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowls, and all three record a matching 150 mm top, so one lid line covers the whole size range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-150-PP-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-150-PP-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBL-150-PP-LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear snap-fit PP lid for kraft paper salad bowls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml kraft paper salad bowls - KPSB-45H-500, KPSB-60H-750 and KPSB-75H-1000. All three record a matching 150 mm top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNOT RECORDED by the supplier - see the FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +120 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 310 x 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP (polypropylene)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail fridges, delivery kitchens and caterers covering a kraft bowl for transport or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 470 x 310 x 320 mm with a gross weight of 2.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Should I take the PP lid or the PET one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTemperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PP lid is rated -20 to +120 degrees C and the PET SBL-150-PET-LID is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. Both are 150 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 2.5 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If anything warm goes under the lid, this PP version is the one to take; if everything you seal is cold, the PET lid at the same diameter covers it for less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComfortably. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C and this PP lid is rated to +120, so the bowl is the limiting component rather than the lid. That is the opposite of the PET lid at the same diameter, which is rated to +60 and caps the pair 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. Neither the lid page nor the bowl page states this at source - we can say it because both products are in front of us. It does not make the lid ovenable or microwavable; the supplier claims neither, and nor do we.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How tall is the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this lid FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PP plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the photographs show this exact lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid diameter really match the bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and this family records it properly, which is worth saying because the other PakMax lid ranges do not. The supplier records this lid's own size as a BASE measurement and records the bowl's size as a TOP measurement, and the two figures match exactly. On the PakMax deep bowl and lunch tray lids the supplier instead quotes the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here there is nothing to explain - the numbers line up. We have still published both sides so you can check it yourself.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Should I take the PP lid or the PET one?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Temperature, and as far as the supplier records it that is the only difference. This PP lid is rated -20 to +120 degrees C and the PET SBL-150-PET-LID is rated -20 to +60 degrees C. Both are 150 mm at the base, both come 300 to a carton, both carry the same 2.5 kg carton gross weight, and both are described as clear, recyclable and snap-fit. The supplier gives no other separating specification and does not explain the difference in what they cost. If anything warm goes under the lid, this PP version is the one to take; if everything you seal is cold, the PET lid at the same diameter covers it for less.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature can the sealed bowl actually take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Comfortably. The PakMax kraft paper salad bowls are rated -20 to +90 degrees C and this PP lid is rated to +120, so the bowl is the limiting component rather than the lid. That is the opposite of the PET lid at the same diameter, which is rated to +60 and caps the pair 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. Neither the lid page nor the bowl page states this at source - we can say it because both products are in front of us. It does not make the lid ovenable or microwavable; the supplier claims neither, and nor do we.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How tall is the lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier does not record a height for any of the four lids in this range, which is a real gap rather than an oversight on our part - the comparable PakMax deep bowl lid records 29 mm. Without it you cannot calculate the stacked depth of a filled, lidded bowl, which is what decides how many fit a grab-and-go shelf. We have not borrowed a figure from another lid. Ask our team and we will get it from the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this lid FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this lid and we have published it exactly as recorded. We want to be straight with you about it, though: FSC certifies forest and plant fibre, and this lid is PP plastic, which contains none. We have flagged the record with the supplier. If FSC certification is part of your own compliance or tender documentation, do not rely on this line - ask our team and we will get the certificate or a correction from the supplier before you commit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Do the photographs show this exact lid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They show a clear round lid with a pull tab, which is what this product is - but we should be straight with you: the supplier serves the same photographs across all four lids in this range. The two secondary images are byte-identical on all four and three of the four primary images are byte-identical as well. We downloaded every image, compared them by content hash and by perceptual hash, and viewed each one at full size. Nothing in them tells a 150 mm lid from a 185 mm one, or PET from PP. Order from the specifications above, not from the picture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359699530029,"sku":"SBL-150-PP-LID","price":30.97,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-150-mm-pp-salad-bowl-lid-sbl-150-pp-lid-carton-of-300-8483068.png?v=1789147885"},{"product_id":"pakmax-750-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-60h-750-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 750 ml Kraft Paper Salad Bowl KPSB-60H-750 Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax KPSB-60H-750 is a 750 ml kraft paper salad bowl, recorded at 150 mm across the top, 130 mm at the base and 60 mm high, supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +90 degrees C and takes the PakMax 150 mm lids, which are sold separately. It is the middle of three bowls that share the 150 mm lid, sitting between the 500 ml and the 1000 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the KPSB-60H-750\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e750 ml brim fill\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm across the top, 130 mm at the base, 60 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded sizes. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - covers chilled display, freezing and warm service - but read the lid answer below, because the lid you choose can cap the pair lower than this\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against moisture, which is what stops a dressed salad softening the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the 150 mm PakMax lids\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the 150 MM LID, and the PakMax 150 mm lids record a matching 150 mm base. Lids are sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne lid line covers three bowl sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml bowls all record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, so a single lid SKU serves the whole ladder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the lids, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable kraft paper\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. Fibre and the plastic lids go into different waste streams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural kraft brown finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-60H-750\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-60H-750\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-60H-750\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper salad bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 MM LID - PakMax SBL-150-PET-LID (PET) or SBL-150-PP-LID (PP), sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 310 x 420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail, cafes, caterers and delivery kitchens plating a bowl-format serve in a fibre container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 420 mm with a gross weight of 6.5 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier names the 150 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-150-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-150-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 150 mm TOP and those lids record a 150 mm BASE, and they match exactly. That is worth pointing out because some other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because we have both products in front of us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do the three 150 mm bowls compare?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are the same bowl in three depths. All three record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, and the height is what changes: 45 mm for 500 ml, 60 mm for 750 ml and 75 mm for 1000 ml. So within this diameter, capacity and height rise together and the model code number is simply the height in millimetres. Worth knowing if you have seen the 1500 ml bowl and found it confusing - that one is shorter than the 1000 ml despite holding more, but only because it is a wider 185 mm bowl on a different lid. Within the 150 mm ladder there is no such trap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bowl FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree hundred bowls per carton, at 450 x 310 x 420 mm and 6.5 kg gross - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is charged on volume rather than weight. One oddity worth flagging: this 420 mm carton is the shortest of the three 150 mm bowls even though the 500 ml bowl is a shallower bowl, so carton height does not follow bowl height here. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so ordering both gives you a matched set with nothing left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier names the 150 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-150-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-150-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 150 mm TOP and those lids record a 150 mm BASE, and they match exactly. That is worth pointing out because some other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because we have both products in front of us.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do the three 150 mm bowls compare?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They are the same bowl in three depths. All three record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, and the height is what changes: 45 mm for 500 ml, 60 mm for 750 ml and 75 mm for 1000 ml. So within this diameter, capacity and height rise together and the model code number is simply the height in millimetres. Worth knowing if you have seen the 1500 ml bowl and found it confusing - that one is shorter than the 1000 ml despite holding more, but only because it is a wider 185 mm bowl on a different lid. Within the 150 mm ladder there is no such trap.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this bowl FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three hundred bowls per carton, at 450 x 310 x 420 mm and 6.5 kg gross - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is charged on volume rather than weight. One oddity worth flagging: this 420 mm carton is the shortest of the three 150 mm bowls even though the 500 ml bowl is a shallower bowl, so carton height does not follow bowl height here. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so ordering both gives you a matched set with nothing left over.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52360014037293,"sku":"KPSB-60H-750","price":43.23,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-750-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-60h-750-carton-of-300-5021650.png?v=1789147885"},{"product_id":"pakmax-500-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-45h-500-carton-of-300","title":"PakMax 500 ml Kraft Paper Salad Bowl KPSB-45H-500 Carton of 300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe PakMax KPSB-45H-500 is a 500 ml kraft paper salad bowl, recorded at 150 mm across the top, 130 mm at the base and 45 mm high, supplied in a carton of 300. It is rated -20 to +90 degrees C and takes the PakMax 150 mm lids, which are sold separately. It is the shallowest of three bowls that share the 150 mm lid, and the smallest serve in that ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the KPSB-45H-500\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 ml brim fill\u003c\/strong\u003e - recorded explicitly by the supplier, so cost per serve is calculable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm across the top, 130 mm at the base, 45 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e - the item's own recorded sizes. The Width, Depth and Height fields on this listing are the carton, not the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e - covers chilled display, freezing and warm service - but read the lid answer below, because the lid you choose can cap the pair lower than this\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier rates the lining against moisture, which is what stops a dressed salad softening the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes the 150 mm PakMax lids\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier names the 150 MM LID, and the PakMax 150 mm lids record a matching 150 mm base. Lids are sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne lid line covers three bowl sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 500 ml, 750 ml and 1000 ml bowls all record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, so a single lid SKU serves the whole ladder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 per carton\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same count as the lids, so the pair orders one for one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable kraft paper\u003c\/strong\u003e - the supplier's own wording. Fibre and the plastic lids go into different waste streams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural kraft brown finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - the recorded colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePakMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-45H-500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-45H-500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPSB-45H-500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper salad bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrim fill capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit dimensions (base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (as recorded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to +90 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 MM LID - PakMax SBL-150-PET-LID (PET) or SBL-150-PP-LID (PP), sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 310 x 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton gross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft paper with a moisture-resistant inner coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSC certified (as recorded by the supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKraft Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded by the supplier - confirm before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits salad and poke bars, grab-and-go retail, cafes, caterers and delivery kitchens plating a bowl-format serve in a fibre container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax\"\u003ePakMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install - this is a single-use disposable supplied as a carton of 300. The carton measures 450 x 310 x 480 mm with a gross weight of 6.0 kg. Freight on a light, bulky carton like this is calculated on its cubic volume rather than its gross weight, so the shipping weight shown at checkout is the higher of the two. Store flat and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier names the 150 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-150-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-150-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 150 mm TOP and those lids record a 150 mm BASE, and they match exactly. That is worth pointing out because some other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because we have both products in front of us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do the three 150 mm bowls compare?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are the same bowl in three depths. All three record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, and the height is what changes: 45 mm for 500 ml, 60 mm for 750 ml and 75 mm for 1000 ml. So within this diameter, capacity and height rise together and the model code number is simply the height in millimetres. Worth knowing if you have seen the 1500 ml bowl and found it confusing - that one is shorter than the 1000 ml despite holding more, but only because it is a wider 185 mm bowl on a different lid. Within the 150 mm ladder there is no such trap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it hold hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bowl FSC certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree hundred bowls per carton, at 450 x 310 x 480 mm and 6.0 kg gross - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is charged on volume rather than weight. One oddity worth flagging, because it affects what you pay to ship: this is the shallowest of the three 150 mm bowls but the supplier records the TALLEST carton for it, at 480 mm against 420 mm for the 750 ml and 440 mm for the 1000 ml. Since freight here is charged on volume, the smallest bowl carries the highest freight weight of the three. We have published the figure as recorded and queried it with the supplier. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so ordering both gives you a matched set with nothing left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which lid fits it, and does the diameter really match?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier names the 150 MM LID for this bowl, and PakMax makes that lid in two materials: the SBL-150-PET-LID in PET and the SBL-150-PP-LID in PP. Both are sold separately and both come 300 to a carton, the same as this bowl, so the pair orders one for one. On the numbers: this bowl records a 150 mm TOP and those lids record a 150 mm BASE, and they match exactly. That is worth pointing out because some other PakMax lid ranges quote the lid's own size as though it were the host's, which we have had to explain on those pages. Here the record is clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the lid change what temperature the pair can take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it is the lid that decides it rather than the bowl. This bowl is rated -20 to +90 degrees C. The PET lid is rated to +60, so a sealed pair using the PET lid is capped 30 degrees below the bowl's own rating. The PP lid is rated to +120 and clears the bowl. If everything you seal is cold that makes no practical difference and the PET lid is the cheaper line; if anything goes under the lid warm, take the PP. Neither the bowl page nor the lid page states this at source - we can tell you because we have both products in front of us.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do the three 150 mm bowls compare?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They are the same bowl in three depths. All three record a 150 mm top and a 130 mm base, and the height is what changes: 45 mm for 500 ml, 60 mm for 750 ml and 75 mm for 1000 ml. So within this diameter, capacity and height rise together and the model code number is simply the height in millimetres. Worth knowing if you have seen the 1500 ml bowl and found it confusing - that one is shorter than the 1000 ml despite holding more, but only because it is a wider 185 mm bowl on a different lid. Within the 150 mm ladder there is no such trap.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it hold hot food?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records -20 to +90 degrees C, which covers warm service as well as chilled and frozen, and describes the inner coating as moisture resistant. That is about holding and carrying rather than cooking - the supplier makes no microwave or oven claim and neither do we. If you intend to seal warm food, check the lid answer above, because the PET lid is rated lower than the bowl.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this bowl FSC certified?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The supplier records an FSC certification against this bowl, and we have published it exactly as recorded. FSC certifies that wood and plant fibre comes from responsibly managed forests, so on a kraft paper product the claim is a coherent one - which is not true of every item in this PakMax range, since the supplier records the same line against the clear plastic lids as well. What we can tell you is what the supplier records; we have not sighted the certificate itself. If you need the chain-of-custody number for a tender or a sustainability report, ask our team and we will request it from the supplier rather than have you quote ours.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many does a carton hold, and what does it weigh?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three hundred bowls per carton, at 450 x 310 x 480 mm and 6.0 kg gross - light for its size, which is what a stack of nested paper bowls looks like. Freight on a carton like that is charged on volume rather than weight. One oddity worth flagging, because it affects what you pay to ship: this is the shallowest of the three 150 mm bowls but the supplier records the TALLEST carton for it, at 480 mm against 420 mm for the 750 ml and 440 mm for the 1000 ml. Since freight here is charged on volume, the smallest bowl carries the highest freight weight of the three. We have published the figure as recorded and queried it with the supplier. The lids also come 300 to a carton, so ordering both gives you a matched set with nothing left over.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the recorded dimensions the item or the carton?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The carton. The Width, Depth and Height recorded against this product match the carton size stated in the supplier description exactly, which is how we can say it with certainty rather than assuming it. The item's own size is published separately in the specifications above. Use the carton figures for storage and freight planning, not for portion planning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No warranty term is recorded against this SKU by the supplier. That is not unusual for a single-use disposable, and we have not borrowed a term from a sibling product. See our warranty information page, or ask our team if you need something in writing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pakmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52360014168365,"sku":"KPSB-45H-500","price":44.92,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/pakmax-500-ml-kraft-paper-salad-bowl-kpsb-45h-500-carton-of-300-5376432.png?v=1789147885"}],"url":"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pakmax.oembed?page=6","provider":"Commercial Kitchen Appliances","version":"1.0","type":"link"}